This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'wxPy-2-1-4'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/wxPy-2-1-4@3889 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ bin
 .gdb_history
 Test
 config.cache
+configarg.cache
 config.status
 system.list
 linux.system.cache
@@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ linux-gnu.system.cache
 *.ncb
 *.pro
 *.opt
+*.d
 Release
 Debug
 ReleaseDLL

Makefile.in

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #
-# This file was automatically generated by tmake at 15:02, 1999/08/29
+# This file was automatically generated by tmake at 15:20, 1999/10/04
 # DO NOT CHANGE THIS FILE, YOUR CHANGES WILL BE LOST! CHANGE UNX.T!
 
 #
@@ -555,17 +555,19 @@ PROTOCOL_HEADERS = \
 		protocol/protocol.h
 
 HTML_HEADERS = \
-		html/forcelink.h \
+		html/forcelnk.h \
+		html/helpctrl.h \
+		html/helpdata.h \
+		html/helpfrm.h \
 		html/htmlcell.h \
 		html/htmldefs.h \
-		html/htmlfilter.h \
-		html/htmlhelp.h \
-		html/htmlparser.h \
+		html/htmlfilt.h \
+		html/htmlpars.h \
 		html/htmltag.h \
 		html/htmlwin.h \
-		html/htmlwinparser.h \
-		html/mod_templ.h \
-		html/version.h
+		html/m_templ.h \
+		html/version.h \
+		html/winpars.h
 
 GTK_GENERICOBJS = \
 		busyinfo.o \
@@ -581,6 +583,7 @@ GTK_GENERICOBJS = \
 		imaglist.o \
 		laywin.o \
 		listctrl.o \
+		logg.o \
 		msgdlgg.o \
 		numdlgg.o \
 		panelg.o \
@@ -613,6 +616,7 @@ GTK_GENERICDEPS = \
 		imaglist.d \
 		laywin.d \
 		listctrl.d \
+		logg.d \
 		msgdlgg.d \
 		numdlgg.d \
 		panelg.d \
@@ -652,6 +656,7 @@ GTK_COMMONOBJS = \
 		fileconf.o \
 		filefn.o \
 		filesys.o \
+		fontcmn.o \
 		framecmn.o \
 		fs_inet.o \
 		fs_zip.o \
@@ -661,6 +666,7 @@ GTK_COMMONOBJS = \
 		hash.o \
 		helpbase.o \
 		http.o \
+		imagall.o \
 		imagbmp.o \
 		image.o \
 		imaggif.o \
@@ -688,6 +694,7 @@ GTK_COMMONOBJS = \
 		sckfile.o \
 		sckipc.o \
 		sckstrm.o \
+		serbase.o \
 		sizer.o \
 		socket.o \
 		strconv.o \
@@ -736,6 +743,7 @@ GTK_COMMONDEPS = \
 		fileconf.d \
 		filefn.d \
 		filesys.d \
+		fontcmn.d \
 		framecmn.d \
 		fs_inet.d \
 		fs_zip.d \
@@ -745,6 +753,7 @@ GTK_COMMONDEPS = \
 		hash.d \
 		helpbase.d \
 		http.d \
+		imagall.d \
 		imagbmp.d \
 		image.d \
 		imaggif.d \
@@ -772,6 +781,7 @@ GTK_COMMONDEPS = \
 		sckfile.d \
 		sckipc.d \
 		sckstrm.d \
+		serbase.d \
 		sizer.d \
 		socket.d \
 		strconv.d \
@@ -932,6 +942,7 @@ MOTIF_GENERICOBJS = \
 		imaglist.o \
 		laywin.o \
 		listctrl.o \
+		logg.o \
 		msgdlgg.o \
 		notebook.o \
 		numdlgg.o \
@@ -945,6 +956,7 @@ MOTIF_GENERICOBJS = \
 		sashwin.o \
 		scrolwin.o \
 		splitter.o \
+		statline.o \
 		statusbr.o \
 		tabg.o \
 		textdlgg.o \
@@ -967,6 +979,7 @@ MOTIF_GENERICDEPS = \
 		imaglist.d \
 		laywin.d \
 		listctrl.d \
+		logg.d \
 		msgdlgg.d \
 		notebook.d \
 		numdlgg.d \
@@ -980,6 +993,7 @@ MOTIF_GENERICDEPS = \
 		sashwin.d \
 		scrolwin.d \
 		splitter.d \
+		statline.d \
 		statusbr.d \
 		tabg.d \
 		textdlgg.d \
@@ -1010,6 +1024,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONOBJS = \
 		fileconf.o \
 		filefn.o \
 		filesys.o \
+		fontcmn.o \
 		framecmn.o \
 		fs_inet.o \
 		fs_zip.o \
@@ -1019,6 +1034,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONOBJS = \
 		hash.o \
 		helpbase.o \
 		http.o \
+		imagall.o \
 		imagbmp.o \
 		image.o \
 		imaggif.o \
@@ -1047,6 +1063,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONOBJS = \
 		sckfile.o \
 		sckipc.o \
 		sckstrm.o \
+		serbase.o \
 		sizer.o \
 		socket.o \
 		strconv.o \
@@ -1097,6 +1114,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONDEPS = \
 		fileconf.d \
 		filefn.d \
 		filesys.d \
+		fontcmn.d \
 		framecmn.d \
 		fs_inet.d \
 		fs_zip.d \
@@ -1106,6 +1124,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONDEPS = \
 		hash.d \
 		helpbase.d \
 		http.d \
+		imagall.d \
 		imagbmp.d \
 		image.d \
 		imaggif.d \
@@ -1134,6 +1153,7 @@ MOTIF_COMMONDEPS = \
 		sckfile.d \
 		sckipc.d \
 		sckstrm.d \
+		serbase.d \
 		sizer.d \
 		socket.d \
 		strconv.d \
@@ -1170,6 +1190,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIOBJS = \
 		brush.o \
 		button.o \
 		checkbox.o \
+		checklst.o \
 		choice.o \
 		clipbrd.o \
 		colour.o \
@@ -1185,6 +1206,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIOBJS = \
 		dialog.o \
 		filedlg.o \
 		font.o \
+		fontenum.o \
 		frame.o \
 		gauge.o \
 		gdiobj.o \
@@ -1205,6 +1227,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIOBJS = \
 		scrolbar.o \
 		settings.o \
 		slider.o \
+		spinbutt.o \
 		statbmp.o \
 		statbox.o \
 		stattext.o \
@@ -1223,6 +1246,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIDEPS = \
 		brush.d \
 		button.d \
 		checkbox.d \
+		checklst.d \
 		choice.d \
 		clipbrd.d \
 		colour.d \
@@ -1238,6 +1262,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIDEPS = \
 		dialog.d \
 		filedlg.d \
 		font.d \
+		fontenum.d \
 		frame.d \
 		gauge.d \
 		gdiobj.d \
@@ -1258,6 +1283,7 @@ MOTIF_GUIDEPS = \
 		scrolbar.d \
 		settings.d \
 		slider.d \
+		spinbutt.d \
 		statbmp.d \
 		statbox.d \
 		stattext.d \
@@ -1273,6 +1299,7 @@ MSW_GENERICOBJS = \
 		dirdlgg.o \
 		gridg.o \
 		laywin.o \
+		logg.o \
 		numdlgg.o \
 		panelg.o \
 		progdlgg.o \
@@ -1294,6 +1321,7 @@ MSW_GENERICDEPS = \
 		dirdlgg.d \
 		gridg.d \
 		laywin.d \
+		logg.d \
 		numdlgg.d \
 		panelg.d \
 		progdlgg.d \
@@ -1332,6 +1360,7 @@ MSW_COMMONOBJS = \
 		fileconf.o \
 		filefn.o \
 		filesys.o \
+		fontcmn.o \
 		framecmn.o \
 		fs_inet.o \
 		fs_zip.o \
@@ -1341,6 +1370,7 @@ MSW_COMMONOBJS = \
 		hash.o \
 		helpbase.o \
 		http.o \
+		imagall.o \
 		imagbmp.o \
 		image.o \
 		imaggif.o \
@@ -1368,12 +1398,14 @@ MSW_COMMONOBJS = \
 		sckfile.o \
 		sckipc.o \
 		sckstrm.o \
+		serbase.o \
 		sizer.o \
 		socket.o \
 		strconv.o \
 		stream.o \
 		string.o \
 		tbarbase.o \
+		tbarsmpl.o \
 		textcmn.o \
 		textfile.o \
 		time.o \
@@ -1417,6 +1449,7 @@ MSW_COMMONDEPS = \
 		fileconf.d \
 		filefn.d \
 		filesys.d \
+		fontcmn.d \
 		framecmn.d \
 		fs_inet.d \
 		fs_zip.d \
@@ -1426,6 +1459,7 @@ MSW_COMMONDEPS = \
 		hash.d \
 		helpbase.d \
 		http.d \
+		imagall.d \
 		imagbmp.d \
 		image.d \
 		imaggif.d \
@@ -1453,12 +1487,14 @@ MSW_COMMONDEPS = \
 		sckfile.d \
 		sckipc.d \
 		sckstrm.d \
+		serbase.d \
 		sizer.d \
 		socket.d \
 		strconv.d \
 		stream.d \
 		string.d \
 		tbarbase.d \
+		tbarsmpl.d \
 		textcmn.d \
 		textfile.d \
 		time.d \
@@ -1514,6 +1550,7 @@ MSW_GUIOBJS = \
 		frame.o \
 		gauge95.o \
 		gdiobj.o \
+		gsocket.o \
 		helpwin.o \
 		icon.o \
 		imaglist.o \
@@ -1599,6 +1636,7 @@ MSW_GUIDEPS = \
 		frame.d \
 		gauge95.d \
 		gdiobj.d \
+		gsocket.d \
 		helpwin.d \
 		icon.d \
 		imaglist.d \
@@ -1650,49 +1688,53 @@ MSW_GUIDEPS = \
 		xpmhand.d
 
 HTMLOBJS = \
+		helpctrl.o \
+		helpdata.o \
+		helpfrm.o \
 		htmlcell.o \
-		htmlfilter.o \
-		htmlhelp.o \
-		htmlhelp_io.o \
-		htmlparser.o \
+		htmlfilt.o \
+		htmlpars.o \
 		htmltag.o \
 		htmlwin.o \
-		htmlwinparser.o \
-		mod_fonts.o \
-		mod_hline.o \
-		mod_image.o \
-		mod_layout.o \
-		mod_links.o \
-		mod_list.o \
-		mod_pre.o \
-		mod_tables.o \
-		search.o
+		m_fonts.o \
+		m_hline.o \
+		m_image.o \
+		m_layout.o \
+		m_links.o \
+		m_list.o \
+		m_pre.o \
+		m_tables.o \
+		search.o \
+		winpars.o
 
 HTMLDEPS = \
+		helpctrl.d \
+		helpdata.d \
+		helpfrm.d \
 		htmlcell.d \
-		htmlfilter.d \
-		htmlhelp.d \
-		htmlhelp_io.d \
-		htmlparser.d \
+		htmlfilt.d \
+		htmlpars.d \
 		htmltag.d \
 		htmlwin.d \
-		htmlwinparser.d \
-		mod_fonts.d \
-		mod_hline.d \
-		mod_image.d \
-		mod_layout.d \
-		mod_links.d \
-		mod_list.d \
-		mod_pre.d \
-		mod_tables.d \
-		search.d
+		m_fonts.d \
+		m_hline.d \
+		m_image.d \
+		m_layout.d \
+		m_links.d \
+		m_list.d \
+		m_pre.d \
+		m_tables.d \
+		search.d \
+		winpars.d
 
 UNIXOBJS = \
+		dialup.o \
 		gsocket.o \
 		threadpsx.o \
 		utilsunx.o
 
 UNIXDEPS = \
+		dialup.d \
 		gsocket.d \
 		threadpsx.d \
 		utilsunx.d
@@ -1779,16 +1821,55 @@ JPEGOBJS    = \
 		jquant2.o \
 		jdmerge.o
 
+BASE_OBJS = \
+    dynarray.o \
+    event.o \
+    hash.o \
+    intl.o \
+    init.o \
+    file.o \
+    filefn.o \
+    list.o \
+    log.o \
+    object.o \
+    string.o \
+    utilscmn.o \
+    utilsunx.o
 
-OBJECTS = $(@GUIOBJS@) $(@COMMONOBJS@) $(@GENERICOBJS@) $(@UNIXOBJS@) $(HTMLOBJS) \
-	  $(JPEGOBJS) $(PNGOBJS) $(ZLIBOBJS)
+BASE_DEPS = \
+    dynarray.d \
+    event.d \
+    hash.d \
+    intl.d \
+    init.d \
+    file.d \
+    filefn.d \
+    list.d \
+    log.d \
+    object.d \
+    string.d \
+    utilscmn.d \
+    utilsunx.d
 
-DEPFILES = $(@GUIDEPS@) $(@COMMONDEPS@) $(@GENERICDEPS@) $(UNIXDEPS) $(HTMLDEPS)
+BASE_HEADERS =
 
-HEADERS = $(@GUIHEADERS@) $(HTML_HEADERS) $(UNIX_HEADERS) $(PROTOCOL_HEADERS) \
-	  $(GENERIC_HEADERS) $(WX_HEADERS)
+GUIOBJS = @GUIOBJS@
+GUIDEPS = @GUIDEPS@
+GUIHEADERS = @GUIHEADERS@
+COMMONOBJS = @COMMONOBJS@
+COMMONDEPS = @COMMONDEPS@
+GENERICOBJS = @GENERICOBJS@
+GENERICDEPS = @GENERICDEPS@
+UNIXOBJS = @UNIXOBJS@
+UNIXDEPS = @UNIXDEPS@
 
-all:    $(OBJECTS) @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@ @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
+OBJECTS = @ALL_OBJECTS@
+
+DEPFILES = @ALL_DEPFILES@
+
+HEADERS = @ALL_HEADERS@
+
+all: @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
 
 @WX_LIBRARY_NAME_STATIC@:  $(OBJECTS)
 	@$(INSTALL) -d ./lib
@@ -1799,7 +1880,7 @@ all:    $(OBJECTS) @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@ @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
 	@$(INSTALL) -d ./lib
 	$(SHARED_LD) ./lib/$@ $(OBJECTS) $(EXTRALIBS)
 	
-CREATE_LINKS:  ./lib/@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@
+CREATE_LINKS: @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK1@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK2@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK3@

Mingw32-gcc295.patches

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
+--- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
+***************
+*** 74,91 ****
+--- 74,97 ----
+   STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
+  }
+  #define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
+
++ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
++ #define GUID_DEFINED
+  typedef struct _GUID
+  {
+      unsigned long Data1;
+      unsigned short Data2;
+      unsigned short Data3;
+      unsigned char Data4[8];
+  } GUID;
++ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID *REFGUID;
+  typedef GUID *LPGUID;
++ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
++ #define UUID_DEFINED
+  typedef GUID UUID;
++ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID IID;
+  typedef GUID CLSID;
+  typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
+  typedef IID *LPIID;
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
+***************
+*** 39,44 ****
+--- 39,53 ----
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
+
++ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
++ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
++ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
++ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
++ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
++ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
++ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
++ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
++
+  typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
+***************
+*** 49,54 ****
+--- 58,73 ----
+  typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
+  typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
+
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
++
+  typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
+   SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
+  } SYSKIND;
+***************
+*** 375,382 ****
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_
+DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+--- 394,401 ----
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_
+DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
+***************
+*** 627,633 ****
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+--- 627,633 ----
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+
+
+
+

configure.in

@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ main ()
    if (gtk_minor_version == 1) return FALSE;
 
    return !((gtk_major_version > major) ||
-	    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
-	    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)));
+    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)));
 }
 ],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
      CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
@@ -661,7 +661,6 @@ if test $DEBUG_CONFIGURE = 1; then
 
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_ZLIB=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBPNG=no
-  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBGIF=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBJPEG=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_ODBC=no
 
@@ -674,6 +673,7 @@ if test $DEBUG_CONFIGURE = 1; then
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_CONFIG=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_STREAMS=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_SOCKETS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_SERIAL=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_JOYSTICK=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS=no
@@ -744,6 +744,10 @@ if test $DEBUG_CONFIGURE = 1; then
 
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_UNICODE=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_WCSRTOMBS=no
+
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_GIF=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PCX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PNM=no
 else
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_THREADS=yes
 
@@ -768,7 +772,6 @@ else
 
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_ZLIB=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBPNG=yes
-  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBGIF=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBJPEG=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_ODBC=no
 
@@ -781,6 +784,7 @@ else
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_CONFIG=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_STREAMS=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_SOCKETS=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_SERIAL=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_JOYSTICK=yes
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS=yes
@@ -851,6 +855,10 @@ else
 
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_UNICODE=no
   DEFAULT_wxUSE_WCSRTOMBS=no
+
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_GIF=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PCX=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PNM=yes
 fi
 
 dnl WX_ARG_WITH should be used to select whether an external package will be
@@ -872,6 +880,85 @@ for toolkit in `echo $ALL_TOOLKITS`; do
   fi
 done
 
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl --disable-gui will build only non-GUI part of wxWindows: check for this
+dnl first to disable many other switches if it's given
+dnl
+dnl NB: this is still in testing stage, don't use if you don't know what you're
+dnl     doing
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WX_ARG_ENABLE(gui,         [  --enable-gui            use GUI classes], wxUSE_GUI)
+
+dnl disable everything GUI related then
+if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "no"; then
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_ZLIB=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBPNG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LIBJPEG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SOCKETS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_JOYSTICK=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_NORMALIZED_PS_FONTS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_X_RESOURCES=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CLIPBOARD=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_TOOLTIPS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SPLINES=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PROLOGIO=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_RESOURCES=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_IPC=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_HELP=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_WXTREE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_METAFILE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_COMMONDLGS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_DIRDLG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_TEXTDLG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_MINIFRAME=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_HTML=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_FS_INET=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_FS_ZIP=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_BUSYINFO=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_VALIDATORS=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_ACCEL=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CARET=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_BMPBUTTON=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CHECKBOX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CHECKLST=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_CHOICE=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_COMBOBOX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_GAUGE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_GRID=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_IMAGLIST=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LISTBOX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_LISTCTRL=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_NOTEBOOK=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_RADIOBOX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_RADIOBTN=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SASH=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SCROLLBAR=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SLIDER=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SPINBTN=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_SPLITTER=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_STATBMP=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_STATBOX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_STATLINE=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_STATUSBAR=yes
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_TABDIALOG=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_TOOLBAR=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_TREECTRL=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_GIF=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PCX=no
+  DEFAULT_wxUSE_PNM=no
+fi
+
 AC_ARG_WITH(gtk,           [  --with-gtk              use GTK+], [wxUSE_GTK="$withval" CACHE_GTK=1 TOOLKIT_GIVEN=1])
 AC_ARG_WITH(motif,         [  --with-motif            use Motif/Lesstif], [wxUSE_MOTIF="$withval" CACHE_MOTIF=1 TOOLKIT_GIVEN=1])
 AC_ARG_WITH(wine,          [  --with-wine             use WINE], [wxUSE_WINE="$withval" CACHE_WINE=1 TOOLKIT_GIVEN=1])
@@ -886,7 +973,6 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix, [  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX  Exec prefix where GT
 WX_ARG_WITH(dmalloc,       [  --with-dmalloc          use dmalloc library (www.letters.com/dmalloc)], wxUSE_DMALLOC)
 WX_ARG_WITH(zlib,          [  --with-zlib             use zlib for LZW compression], wxUSE_ZLIB)
 WX_ARG_WITH(libpng,        [  --with-libpng           use libpng (PNG image format)], wxUSE_LIBPNG)
-WX_ARG_WITH(libgif,        [  --with-libgif           use libgif (GIF file format)], wxUSE_LIBGIF)
 WX_ARG_WITH(libjpeg,       [  --with-libjpeg          use libjpeg (JPEG file format)], wxUSE_LIBJPEG)
 WX_ARG_WITH(opengl,        [  --with-opengl           use OpenGL (or Mesa)], wxUSE_OPENGL)
 WX_ARG_WITH(odbc,          [  --with-odbc             use the IODBC and wxODBC classes], wxUSE_ODBC)
@@ -922,15 +1008,6 @@ WX_ARG_ENABLE(no_exceptions, [  --enable-no_exceptions  create code without exce
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(permissive,    [  --enable-permissive     compile code disregarding strict ANSI], wxUSE_PERMISSIVE)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(no_deps,       [  --enable-no_deps        create code without dependency information], wxUSE_NO_DEPS)
 
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-dnl --disable-gui will build only non-GUI part of wxWindows
-dnl
-dnl NB: this is still in testing stage, don't use if you don't know what you're
-dnl     doing
-dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_ARG_ENABLE(gui,         [  --enable-gui            use GUI classes], wxUSE_GUI)
-
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 dnl (small) optional non GUI classes
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -938,6 +1015,7 @@ dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(intl,          [  --enable-intl           use internationalization system], wxUSE_INTL)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(config,        [  --enable-config         use wxConfig (and derived) classes], wxUSE_CONFIG)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(sockets,       [  --enable-sockets        use socket/network classes], wxUSE_SOCKETS)
+WX_ARG_ENABLE(dialupman,     [  --enable-dialupman      use dialup network classes], wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(ipc,           [  --enable-ipc            use interprocess communication (wxSocket etc.)], wxUSE_IPC)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(apple_ieee,    [  --enable-apple_ieee     use the Apple IEEE codec], wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(timedate,      [  --enable-timedate       use date/time classes], wxUSE_TIMEDATE)
@@ -1115,6 +1193,14 @@ WX_ARG_ENABLE(splines,     [  --enable-splines        use spline drawing code],
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(validators,  [  --enable-validators     use wxValidator and derived classes], wxUSE_VALIDATORS)
 WX_ARG_ENABLE(busyinfo,    [  --enable-busyinfo       use wxBusyInfo], wxUSE_BUSYINFO)
 
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl support for image formats that do not rely on external library
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WX_ARG_ENABLE(gif,         [  --enable-gif            use gif images (GIF file format)], wxUSE_GIF)
+WX_ARG_ENABLE(pcx,         [  --enable-pcx            use pcx images (PCX file format)], wxUSE_PCX)
+WX_ARG_ENABLE(pnm,         [  --enable-pnm            use pnm images (PNM file format)], wxUSE_PNM)
+
 dnl cache the options values before (may be) aborting below
 WX_ARG_CACHE_FLUSH
 
@@ -1123,6 +1209,8 @@ dnl we have a default one
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for toolkit)
 
+if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "yes"; then
+
 if test "$TOOLKIT_GIVEN" = 1; then
   dnl convert "yes" to 1 and "no" to 0
   for toolkit in `echo $ALL_TOOLKITS`; do
@@ -1171,6 +1259,11 @@ for toolkit in `echo $ALL_TOOLKITS`; do
   fi
 done
 
+dnl from "if wxUSE_GUI"
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(base only)
+fi
+
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 dnl Checks for programs
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1182,12 +1275,12 @@ dnl cross-compiling support: we're cross compiling if the build system is
 dnl different from the target one (assume host and target be always the same)
 if eval "test $host != $build"; then
   if eval "test $host_alias != NONE"; then
-    CC=$host_alias-gcc 
-    CXX=$host_alias-c++ 
+    CC=$host_alias-gcc
+    CXX=$host_alias-c++
     AR=$host_alias-ar
     RANLIB=$host_alias-ranlib
-    DLLTOOL=$host_alias-dlltool 
-    LD=$host_alias-ld 
+    DLLTOOL=$host_alias-dlltool
+    LD=$host_alias-ld
     NM=$host_alias-nm
     STRIP=$host_alias-strip
   fi
@@ -1374,6 +1467,8 @@ dnl ----------------------------------------------------------------
 dnl search for toolkit (widget sets)
 dnl ----------------------------------------------------------------
 
+if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "yes"; then
+
 TOOLKIT=
 TOOLKIT_INCLUDE=
 
@@ -1389,34 +1484,34 @@ WXGTK12=
 WXWINE=
 
 dnl Extension for programs; '.exe' for msw builds
-PROGRAM_EXT= 
+PROGRAM_EXT=
 
 if test "$wxUSE_CYGWIN" = 1 || test "$wxUSE_MINGW" = 1 ; then
     if test "$cross_compiling" = "yes" ; then
-    	AC_MSG_WARN(Cross compiling --- skipping windows.h check)
+        AC_MSG_WARN(Cross compiling --- skipping windows.h check)
     else
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Windows headers)
-    	WX_PATH_FIND_INCLUDES($SEARCH_INCLUDE, windows.h)
-    	if test "$ac_find_includes" != "" ; then
+        AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Windows headers)
+        WX_PATH_FIND_INCLUDES($SEARCH_INCLUDE, windows.h)
+        if test "$ac_find_includes" != "" ; then
             AC_MSG_RESULT(found $ac_find_includes)
             TOOLKIT_INCLUDE="$TOOLKIT_INCLUDE -I$ac_find_includes"
-	else
+        else
             AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
             AC_MSG_ERROR(please set CFLAGS to contain the location of windows.h)
-        fi  
+        fi
     fi
-    
+
     INCLUDE_SUBDIRS="$INCLUDE_SUBDIRS msw"
     dnl --- Quick & Dirty ; link against most/all libraries
     dnl --- This will bloat the executable, but it'll work for now...
     LIBS="$LIBS  -lkernel32 -luser32 -lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -lwinspool -lwinmm -lshell32 -lcomctl32 -lctl3d32 -lcrtdll -ladvapi32 -lwsock32"
 
     TOOLKIT=MSW
-    
-    GUIOBJS=MSW_GUIOBJS
-    GUIHEADERS=MSW_HEADERS
-    COMMONOBJS=MSW_COMMONOBJS
-    GENERICOBJS=MSW_GENERICOBJS
+
+    GUIOBJS="\$(MSW_GUIOBJS)"
+    GUIHEADERS="\$(MSW_HEADERS)"
+    COMMONOBJS="\$(MSW_COMMONOBJS)"
+    GENERICOBJS="\$(MSW_GENERICOBJS)"
     UNIXOBJS=
     GUIDIST=MSW_DIST
     PROGRAM_EXT=.exe
@@ -1431,17 +1526,17 @@ if test "$wxUSE_GTK" = 1; then
     fi
 
     TOOLKIT_INCLUDE="$GTK_CFLAGS"
-    GUI_TK_LIBRARY="$GTK_LIBS -ldl"
+    GUI_TK_LIBRARY="$GTK_LIBS"
     TOOLKIT=GTK
-  
-    GUIHEADERS=GTK_HEADERS
-    GUIOBJS=GTK_GUIOBJS
-    COMMONOBJS=GTK_COMMONOBJS
-    GENERICOBJS=GTK_GENERICOBJS
-    GUIDEPS=GTK_GUIDEPS
-    COMMONDEPS=GTK_COMMONDEPS
-    GENERICDEPS=GTK_GENERICDEPS
-    UNIXOBJS=UNIXOBJS
+
+    GUIOBJS="\$(GTK_GUIOBJS)"
+    GUIHEADERS="\$(GTK_HEADERS)"
+    COMMONOBJS="\$(GTK_COMMONOBJS)"
+    GENERICOBJS="\$(GTK_GENERICOBJS)"
+    GUIDEPS="\$(GTK_GUIDEPS)"
+    COMMONDEPS="\$(GTK_COMMONDEPS)"
+    GENERICDEPS="\$(GTK_GENERICDEPS)"
+    UNIXOBJS="\$(UNIX_OBJS)"
     GUIDIST=GTK_DIST
 fi
 
@@ -1468,7 +1563,7 @@ if test "$wxUSE_WINE" = 1; then
         AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
         AC_MSG_WARN(library will be compiled without support for images in XPM format)
     fi
-    
+
     MESA_LINK=""
     AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Mesa library)
     WX_PATH_FIND_LIBRARIES($SEARCH_LIB,MesaGL)
@@ -1480,19 +1575,19 @@ if test "$wxUSE_WINE" = 1; then
         AC_MSG_ERROR(no)
     fi
 
-    GUI_TK_LINK="-lwine $MESA_LINK $XPM_LINK -lXxf86dga -lXxf86vm -lSM -lICE -lXext -lXmu -lX11 -lncurses -ldl -lm"
+    GUI_TK_LINK="-lwine $MESA_LINK $XPM_LINK -lXxf86dga -lXxf86vm -lSM -lICE -lXext -lXmu -lX11 -lncurses -lm"
     GUI_TK_LIBRARY="$GUI_TK_LIBRARY $GUI_TK_LINK"
     WXWINE=1
     TOOLKIT=MSW
-    
-    GUIHEADERS=MSW_HEADERS
-    GUIOBJS=MSW_GUIOBJS
-    COMMONOBJS=MSW_COMMONOBJS
-    GENERICOBJS=MSW_GENERICOBJS
-    GUIDEPS=MSW_GUIDEPS
-    COMMONDEPS=MSW_COMMONDEPS
-    GENERICDEPS=MSW_GENERICDEPS
-    UNIXOBJS=UNIXOBJS
+
+    GUIHEADERS="\$(MSW_HEADERS)"
+    GUIOBJS="\$(MSW_GUIOBJS)"
+    COMMONOBJS="\$(MSW_COMMONOBJS)"
+    GENERICOBJS="\$(MSW_GENERICOBJS)"
+    GUIDEPS="\$(MSW_GUIDEPS)"
+    COMMONDEPS="\$(MSW_COMMONDEPS)"
+    GENERICDEPS="\$(MSW_GENERICDEPS)"
+    UNIXOBJS="\$(UNIX_OBJS)"
     GUIDIST=MSW_DIST
 fi
 
@@ -1556,21 +1651,28 @@ if test "$wxUSE_MOTIF" = 1; then
         AC_MSG_WARN(library will be compiled without support for images in XPM format)
     fi
 
-    GUI_TK_LINK="-lXm $XPM_LINK -lXmu -lXt -lX11 -ldl -lm"
+    GUI_TK_LINK="-lXm $XPM_LINK -lXmu -lXt -lX11 -lm"
     GUI_TK_LIBRARY="$GUI_TK_LIBRARY $GUI_TK_LINK"
     TOOLKIT=MOTIF
-  
-    GUIHEADERS=MOTIF_HEADERS
-    GUIOBJS=MOTIF_GUIOBJS
-    COMMONOBJS=MOTIF_COMMONOBJS
-    GENERICOBJS=MOTIF_GENERICOBJS
-    GUIDEPS=MOTIF_GUIDEPS
-    COMMONDEPS=MOTIF_COMMONDEPS
-    GENERICDEPS=MOTIF_GENERICDEPS
-    UNIXOBJS=UNIXOBJS
+
+    GUIHEADERS="\$(MOTIF_HEADERS)"
+    GUIOBJS="\$(MOTIF_GUIOBJS)"
+    COMMONOBJS="\$(MOTIF_COMMONOBJS)"
+    GENERICOBJS="\$(MOTIF_GENERICOBJS)"
+    GUIDEPS="\$(MOTIF_GUIDEPS)"
+    COMMONDEPS="\$(MOTIF_COMMONDEPS)"
+    GENERICDEPS="\$(MOTIF_GENERICDEPS)"
+    UNIXOBJS="\$(UNIX_OBJS)"
     GUIDIST=MOTIF_DIST
 fi
 
+dnl someone explicitly added -ldl to the list of libraries for these targets -
+dnl I don't know why has this been done, but let's respect this - with the
+dnl exception of the systems which don't have libdl at all (VZ)
+if test "$wxUSE_GTK" = 1 || test "$wxUSE_MOTIF" = 1 || test "$wxUSE_WINE" = 1; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, main, GUI_TK_LIBRARY="$GUI_TK_LIBRARY -ldl")
+fi
+
 dnl the name of the directory where the files for this toolkit live
 TOOLKIT_DIR=`echo ${TOOLKIT} | tr "A-Z" "a-z"`
 
@@ -1580,19 +1682,35 @@ TOOLKIT_DEF="-D__WX${TOOLKIT}__"
 dnl the name of the (libtool) library
 WX_LIBRARY="wx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}"
 
+    dnl the sources, their dependenices and the headers
+    ALL_OBJECTS="\$(GUIOBJS) \$(COMMONOBJS) \$(GENERICOBJS) \$(UNIXOBJS) \$(HTMLOBJS) \$(JPEGOBJS) \$(PNGOBJS) \$(ZLIBOBJS)"
+    ALL_DEPFILES="\$(GUIDEPS) \$(COMMONDEPS) \$(GENERICDEPS) \$(UNIXDEPS) \$(HTMLDEPS)"
+    ALL_HEADERS="\$(GUIHEADERS) \$(HTML_HEADERS) \$(UNIX_HEADERS) \$(PROTOCOL_HEADERS) \$(GENERIC_HEADERS) \$(WX_HEADERS)"
+else
+    dnl leave all TOOLKIT_XXX vars empty
+
+    dnl the sources, their dependenices and the headers
+    ALL_OBJECTS="\$(BASE_OBJS)"
+    ALL_DEPFILES="\${BASE_DEPS}"
+    ALL_HEADERS="\${BASE_HEADERS}"
+
+    dnl building wxBase only
+    WX_LIBRARY="wxbase"
+fi
+
 dnl the name of the (libtool) library
-WX_LIBRARY_NAME="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}.la"
+WX_LIBRARY_NAME="lib${WX_LIBRARY}.la"
 
 dnl the name of the static library
-WX_LIBRARY_NAME_STATIC="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}.a"
+WX_LIBRARY_NAME_STATIC="lib${WX_LIBRARY}.a"
 
 dnl the name of the shared library
-WX_LIBRARY_NAME_SHARED="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}-${WX_RELEASE}.so.${WX_CURRENT}.${WX_REVISION}.${WX_AGE}"
+WX_LIBRARY_NAME_SHARED="lib${WX_LIBRARY}-${WX_RELEASE}.so.${WX_CURRENT}.${WX_REVISION}.${WX_AGE}"
 
 dnl the name of the links to the shared library
-WX_LIBRARY_LINK1="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}-${WX_RELEASE}.so.${WX_CURRENT}"
-WX_LIBRARY_LINK2="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}-${WX_RELEASE}.so"
-WX_LIBRARY_LINK3="libwx_${TOOLKIT_DIR}.so"
+WX_LIBRARY_LINK1="lib${WX_LIBRARY}-${WX_RELEASE}.so.${WX_CURRENT}"
+WX_LIBRARY_LINK2="lib${WX_LIBRARY}-${WX_RELEASE}.so"
+WX_LIBRARY_LINK3="lib${WX_LIBRARY}.so"
 
 dnl shared library settings
 SHARED_LD=
@@ -1702,8 +1820,11 @@ dnl defines HAVE_WCSTR_H
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(wcstr.h)
 dnl defines HAVE_FNMATCH_H
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fnmatch.h)
-dnl defines HAVE_X11_XKBLIB_H
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/XKBlib.h)
+
+if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "yes"; then
+    dnl defines HAVE_X11_XKBLIB_H
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/XKBlib.h)
+fi
 
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 dnl Checks for typedefs
@@ -1840,6 +1961,9 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(nanosleep, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NANOSLEEP), [
 dnl check for uname (POSIX) and gethostname (BSD)
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(uname gethostname, break)
 
+dnl check for MT-safe version of strtok
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtok_r)
+
 dnl check for inet_addr, inet_aton, ...
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_addr)
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_aton)
@@ -1875,7 +1999,7 @@ fi
 
 if test "$wxUSE_THREADS" = "yes" ; then
     dnl find if POSIX threads are available
-    
+
     dnl standard lib name is pthread
     dnl We no longer test for pthread-0.7 as it breaks compilation on some
     dnl glibc2 systems, especially for static linkage.
@@ -2028,10 +2152,10 @@ fi
 DEP_INFO_FLAGS=
 if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
     if test "$wxUSE_NO_RTTI" = "yes" ; then
-	WXDEBUG_DEFINE="$WXDEBUG_DEFINE -fno-rtti"
+        WXDEBUG_DEFINE="$WXDEBUG_DEFINE -fno-rtti"
     fi
     if test "$wxUSE_NO_EXCEPTIONS" = "yes" ; then
-	WXDEBUG_DEFINE="$WXDEBUG_DEFINE -fno-exceptions"
+        WXDEBUG_DEFINE="$WXDEBUG_DEFINE -fno-exceptions"
     fi
     if test "$wxUSE_PERMISSIVE" = "yes" ; then
        CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -fpermissive"
@@ -2040,9 +2164,9 @@ if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
     if test "$wxUSE_NO_DEPS" = "no" ; then
         DEP_INFO_FLAGS="-MMD"
     fi
-fi  
-	  
-	  
+fi
+
+
 CXXFLAGS=`echo "${CXXFLAGS}" | sed "s/\-O.//g" `
 CFLAGS=`echo "${CFLAGS}" | sed "s/\-O.//g" `
 if test "$wxUSE_OPTIMISE" = "no" ; then
@@ -2077,10 +2201,6 @@ if test "$wxUSE_LIBPNG" = "yes" ; then
   SAMPLES_SUBDIRS="$SAMPLES_SUBDIRS png"
 fi
 
-if test "$wxUSE_LIBGIF" = "yes" ; then
-  AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_LIBGIF)
-fi
-
 JPEG_INCLUDE=
 if test "$wxUSE_LIBJPEG" = "yes" ; then
   AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_LIBJPEG)
@@ -2219,6 +2339,10 @@ if test "$wxUSE_SOCKETS" = "yes" ; then
     fi
 fi
 
+if test "$wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER)
+fi
+
 if test "$wxUSE_STREAMS" = "yes" ; then
   AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_STREAMS)
 fi
@@ -2285,13 +2409,13 @@ if test "$wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS" = "yes"; then
                     [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHL_LOAD) HAVE_DL_FUNCS=1 HAVE_SHL_FUNCS=1])
 
     if test "$HAVE_DL_FUNCS" = 0; then
-        if test "$USE_UNIX" = 1; then 
+        if test "$USE_UNIX" = 1; then
             AC_MSG_WARN("--with-dynlib and --with-odbc will be disabled due to missing shared library support")
             wxUSE_ODBC=no
             wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS=no
-	else
-	    AC_MSG_WARN("Cannot check dynlib requirements on non-Unix platforms. dynlib remains enabled.")
-	fi    
+        else
+            AC_MSG_WARN("Cannot check dynlib requirements on non-Unix platforms. dynlib remains enabled.")
+        fi
     fi
 fi
 
@@ -2406,13 +2530,13 @@ if test "$wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP" = "yes" ; then
     if test "$wxUSE_GTK" = 1; then
         if test "$WXGTK12" != 1; then
             AC_MSG_WARN([Drag and drop is only supported under GTK+ 1.2])
-	    wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP=no
+            wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP=no
         fi
     fi
 
     if test "$wxUSE_MOTIF" = 1; then
         AC_MSG_WARN([Drag and drop is not yet supported under Motif])
-	wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP=no
+        wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP=no
     fi
 
     if test "$wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP" = "yes"; then
@@ -2533,11 +2657,7 @@ if test "$wxUSE_STATLINE" = "yes"; then
     if test "$wxUSE_WINE" = 1 ; then
         AC_MSG_WARN([wxStaticLine is not supported under WINE])
     else
-        if test "$wxUSE_MOTIF" = 1 ; then
-            AC_MSG_WARN([wxStaticLine is not supported under Motif])
-	else
-            AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_STATLINE)
-	fi
+        AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_STATLINE)
     fi
 fi
 
@@ -2637,20 +2757,29 @@ if test "$wxUSE_VALIDATORS" = "yes"; then
     SAMPLES_SUBDIRS="$SAMPLES_SUBDIRS validate"
 fi
 
+if test "$wxUSE_GIF" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_GIF)
+fi
+
+if test "$wxUSE_PCX" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_PCX)
+fi
+
+if test "$wxUSE_PNM" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_DEFINE(wxUSE_PNM)
+fi
+
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 dnl Output the makefiles and such from the results found above
 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-dnl if we add wxUSE_GUI in the future, it might be handy to separate the libs
-dnl into GUI and non-GUI parts
 GUILIBS="$GUI_TK_LIBRARY $OPENGL_LINK $LIBPNG_LINK $ZLIB_LINK $TOOLKIT_LINK"
 
 dnl all additional libraries (except wxWindows itself) we link with
-EXTRA_LIBS="$LIBS $POSIX4_LINK $WCHAR_LINK $THREADS_LINK $DMALLOC_LINK $GUILIBS"
-
-dnl all the libraries needed to link wxWindows programs (when the library is not
-dnl yet installed)
-LIBS="\${top_builddir}/src/${TOOLKIT_DIR}/${WX_LIBRARY_NAME} $EXTRA_LIBS"
+EXTRA_LIBS="$LIBS $POSIX4_LINK $WCHAR_LINK $THREADS_LINK $DMALLOC_LINK"
+if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "yes"; then
+    EXTRA_LIBS="$EXTRA_LIBS $GUILIBS"
+fi
 
 dnl all the libraries needed to link wxWindows programs when using the
 dnl makefile system without libtool
@@ -2663,8 +2792,8 @@ dnl C/C++ compiler options used to compile wxWindows
 if test "$GXX" = yes ; then
     dnl CXXWARNINGS="-Wall -W -Wcast-qual -Werror"
     CXXWARNINGS="-Wall"
-    dnl there is one weird warning in docview.h:71 which prevents me from doing
-    dnl this...
+    dnl FIXME: there is one weird warning in docview.h:71 which prevents me from
+    dnl        doing this... (VZ)
     dnl CXXWARNINGS="-Wall -Werror"
 fi
 EXTRA_CFLAGS="$WXDEBUG $PROFILE $OPTIMISE $INCLUDES"
@@ -2681,6 +2810,8 @@ if test "$wxUSE_GUI" = "yes"; then
     dnl      mfc, nativdlg, oleauto, ownerdrw, proplist
     SAMPLES_SUBDIRS="$SAMPLES_SUBDIRS bombs controls dialogs drawing dynamic \
                      forty fractal image wxpoem"
+else
+    SAMPLES_SUBDIRS=""
 fi
 
 dnl for convenience, sort the samples in alphabetical order
@@ -2729,6 +2860,10 @@ AC_SUBST(GUIDEPS)
 AC_SUBST(COMMONDEPS)
 AC_SUBST(GENERICDEPS)
 AC_SUBST(UNIXOBJS)
+AC_SUBST(UNIXDEPS)
+AC_SUBST(ALL_OBJECTS)
+AC_SUBST(ALL_DEPFILES)
+AC_SUBST(ALL_HEADERS)
 AC_SUBST(GUIDIST)
 
 dnl additional subdirectories where we will build
@@ -2766,9 +2901,9 @@ dnl (the original file name may be overriden by appending another name after a
 dnl colon)
 AC_OUTPUT([
             wx-config
-	    src/make.env
-	    src/makeprog.env
-	    src/makelib.env
+            src/make.env
+            src/makeprog.env
+            src/makelib.env
             Makefile
             samples/Makefile
             samples/bombs/Makefile
@@ -2776,61 +2911,63 @@ AC_OUTPUT([
             samples/checklst/Makefile
             samples/config/Makefile
             samples/controls/Makefile
-	    samples/dialogs/Makefile
-	    samples/docview/Makefile
-	    samples/docvwmdi/Makefile
-	    samples/dnd/Makefile
-	    samples/drawing/Makefile
-	    samples/dynamic/Makefile
-	    samples/image/Makefile
-	    samples/internat/Makefile
-	    samples/layout/Makefile
-	    samples/listctrl/Makefile
-	    samples/mdi/Makefile
-	    samples/minifram/Makefile
-	    samples/minimal/Makefile
-	    samples/notebook/Makefile
+            samples/dialogs/Makefile
+            samples/docview/Makefile
+            samples/docvwmdi/Makefile
+            samples/dnd/Makefile
+            samples/drawing/Makefile
+            samples/dynamic/Makefile
+            samples/image/Makefile
+            samples/internat/Makefile
+            samples/layout/Makefile
+            samples/listctrl/Makefile
+            samples/mdi/Makefile
+            samples/minifram/Makefile
+            samples/minimal/Makefile
+            samples/notebook/Makefile
             samples/printing/Makefile
             samples/proplist/Makefile
-	    samples/sashtest/Makefile
-	    samples/scroll/Makefile
-	    samples/splitter/Makefile
-	    samples/text/Makefile
-	    samples/thread/Makefile
-	    samples/toolbar/Makefile
-	    samples/treectrl/Makefile
-	    samples/typetest/Makefile
-	    samples/validate/Makefile
-	    samples/wxpoem/Makefile
-	    samples/wxsocket/Makefile
-	    samples/wizard/Makefile
-	    samples/html/Makefile
-	    samples/html/about/Makefile
-	    samples/html/help/Makefile
-	    samples/html/printing/Makefile
-	    samples/html/test/Makefile
-	    samples/html/zip/Makefile
-	    samples/html/virtual/Makefile
-	    samples/html/widget/Makefile
-	    utils/Makefile
-	    utils/wxMMedia2/Makefile
-	    utils/wxMMedia2/lib/Makefile
-	    utils/wxMMedia2/sample/Makefile
-	    utils/glcanvas/Makefile
-	    utils/glcanvas/${GL_TOOLKIT_DIR}/Makefile
+            samples/sashtest/Makefile
+            samples/scroll/Makefile
+            samples/splitter/Makefile
+            samples/text/Makefile
+            samples/thread/Makefile
+            samples/toolbar/Makefile
+            samples/treectrl/Makefile
+            samples/typetest/Makefile
+            samples/validate/Makefile
+            samples/wxpoem/Makefile
+            samples/wxsocket/Makefile
+            samples/wizard/Makefile
+            samples/html/Makefile
+            samples/html/about/Makefile
+            samples/html/help/Makefile
+            samples/html/printing/Makefile
+            samples/html/test/Makefile
+            samples/html/zip/Makefile
+            samples/html/virtual/Makefile
+            samples/html/widget/Makefile
+            utils/Makefile
+            utils/wxMMedia2/Makefile
+            utils/wxMMedia2/lib/Makefile
+            utils/wxMMedia2/sample/Makefile
+            utils/glcanvas/Makefile
+            utils/glcanvas/${GL_TOOLKIT_DIR}/Makefile
+            utils/ogl/Makefile
+            utils/ogl/src/Makefile
           ],
           [
             chmod +x wx-config
-	    if test ! -d include; then 
-	      mkdir include 
-	    fi
-	    if test ! -d include/wx; then 
-	      mkdir include/wx 
-	    fi
-	    if test ! -d include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR}; then 
-	      mkdir include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR} 
-	    fi
-	    cp -f setup.h include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR}/setup.h
+            if test ! -d include; then
+              mkdir include
+            fi
+            if test ! -d include/wx; then
+              mkdir include/wx
+            fi
+            if test ! -d include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR}; then
+              mkdir include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR}
+            fi
+            cp -f setup.h include/wx/${TOOLKIT_DIR}/setup.h
           ],
           [
             LN_S="${ac_cv_prog_LN_S}"

distrib/msw/generic.rsp

@@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ makefile.unx.in
 distrib/msw/*.rsp
 distrib/msw/*.bat
 distrib/msw/tardist
+distrib/msw/tmake/*.t
+distrib/msw/tmake/Makefile
+distrib/msw/tmake/filelist.txt
+distrib/msw/tmake/makeall.bat
+distrib/msw/tmake/makeall.sh
+distrib/msw/tmake/wxwin.pro
 distrib/gtk/*
 
 locale/*.po
@@ -37,6 +43,7 @@ docs/bugs.txt
 docs/*.htm
 docs/html/*.htm
 docs/html/*.gif
+docs/html/*.png
 
 src/*.inc
 src/mkdir
@@ -66,6 +73,7 @@ src/html/*.h
 src/html/bitmaps/*.xpm
 
 src/unix/*.cpp
+src/unix/*.c
 
 src/png/*.c
 src/png/*.h
@@ -97,6 +105,7 @@ include/wx/protocol/*.h
 include/wx/wx_setup.vms
 include/wx/common/*.h
 include/wx/generic/*.h
+include/wx/generic/*.xpm
 include/wx/unix/*.h
 include/wx/html/*.h
 include/wx/html/msw/*.bmp

distrib/msw/glcanvas.rsp

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+utils/glcanvas/Makefile.in
 utils/glcanvas/docs/*.*
 utils/glcanvas/win/*.cpp
 utils/glcanvas/win/*.h

distrib/msw/gtk.rsp

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+configure
+
 distrib/gtk/copy_src
 distrib/gtk/README.txt
 distrib/gtk/Setup
@@ -8,6 +10,7 @@ docs/gtk/COPYING.LIB
 docs/gtk/makewxgtk
 
 include/wx/gtk/*.h
+include/wx/gtk/*.xpm
 include/install-sh
 include/wx/install-sh
 

distrib/msw/makefile.rsp

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+Makefile.in
 src/Makefile
 locale/Makefile
 samples/Makefile.in

distrib/msw/msw.rsp

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ docs/wine/COPYING.LIB
 
 distrib/msw/*.rsp
 distrib/msw/*.bat
-distrib/msw/tmake/*.t
 
 tools/gettext/xgettext.exe
 tools/gettext/msgfmt.exe
@@ -52,6 +51,7 @@ src/msw/*.lst
 src/msw/*.def
 src/msw/*.inc
 src/msw/winestub.c
+src/msw/gsocket.c
 
 src/msw/ctl3d/*.*
 src/msw/ctl3d/msvc/*.*

distrib/msw/ogl.rsp

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+utils/ogl/Makefile.in
 utils/ogl/Makefile
 
 utils/ogl/src/*.cpp

distrib/msw/tmake/Makefile

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ all: $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.vc \
      $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.sc \
      $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.wat \
      $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.g95 \
+     $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.g295 \
      $(WXDIR)/Makefile.in
 
 $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.vc: filelist.txt wxwin.pro
@@ -36,5 +37,8 @@ $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.wat: filelist.txt wxwin.pro
 $(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.g95: filelist.txt wxwin.pro
 	$(TMAKE) -t g95 wxwin.pro -o $@
 
+$(MSW_MAKEFILES_DIR)/makefile.g295: filelist.txt wxwin.pro g295.t
+	$(TMAKE) -t g295 wxwin.pro -o $@
+
 $(WXDIR)/Makefile.in: filelist.txt wxwin.pro
 	$(TMAKE) -t unx wxwin.pro -o $@

distrib/msw/tmake/b32.t

@@ -38,6 +38,8 @@
             next;
         }
 
+        $isCFile = $file =~ /\.c$/;
+
         my $isOleObj = $wxMSW{$file} =~ /\bO\b/;
         $file =~ s/cp?p?$/obj/;
         my $obj = "\$(MSWDIR)\\" . $file . " ";
@@ -47,7 +49,7 @@
             #! remember that this file is in ole subdir
             $project{"WXOLEOBJS"} .= $obj;
         }
-
+        $project{"WXCOBJS"} .= $obj if $isCFile;
     }
 #$}
 
@@ -201,7 +203,8 @@ $(COMMDIR)\lex_yy.c:    $(COMMDIR)\doslex.c
     foreach (@objs) {
         $text .= $_ . ": ";
         if ( $project{"WXOLEOBJS"} =~ /\Q$_/ ) { s/MSWDIR/OLEDIR/; }
-        s/obj$/\$(SRCSUFF)/;
+        $suffix = $project{"WXCOBJS"} =~ /\Q$_/ ? "c" : '$(SRCSUFF)';
+        s/obj$/$suffix/;
         $text .= $_ . "\n\n";
     }
 #$}
@@ -334,7 +337,10 @@ cleanall: clean
 
 
 MFTYPE=b32
-makefile.$(MFTYPE) : $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\filelist.txt $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\$(MFTYPE).t
+# Can't use this or we'll have to distribute all tmake files with wxWindows
+# makefile.$(MFTYPE) : $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\filelist.txt $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\$(MFTYPE).t
+
+self:
 	cd $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake
 	tmake -t $(MFTYPE) wxwin.pro -o makefile.$(MFTYPE)
 	copy makefile.$(MFTYPE) $(WXWIN)\src\msw

distrib/msw/tmake/bcc.t

@@ -42,8 +42,11 @@
         #! don't take files not appropriate for 16-bit Windows
         next if $wxMSW{$file} =~ /\b(32|O)\b/;
 
+        $isCFile = $file =~ /\.c$/;
         $file =~ s/cp?p?$/obj/;
-        $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= "\$(MSWDIR)\\" . $file . " "
+        $obj = "\$(MSWDIR)\\" . $file . " ";
+        $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= $obj;
+        $project{"WXCOBJS"} .= $obj if $isCFile;
     }
 #$}
 
@@ -162,7 +165,8 @@ $(COMMDIR)\lex_yy.c:    $(COMMDIR)\doslex.c
     my @objs = split;
     foreach (@objs) {
         $text .= $_ . ": ";
-        s/obj/\$(SRCSUFF)/;
+        $suffix = $project{"WXCOBJS"} =~ /\Q$_/ ? "c" : '$(SRCSUFF)';
+        s/obj/$suffix/;
         $text .= $_ . "\n\n";
     }
 #$}
@@ -302,7 +306,10 @@ cleanall: clean
 
 
 MFTYPE=bcc
-makefile.$(MFTYPE) : $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\filelist.txt $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\$(MFTYPE).t
+# Can't use this or we'll have to distribute all tmake files with wxWindows
+#makefile.$(MFTYPE) : $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\filelist.txt $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake\$(MFTYPE).t
+
+self:
 	cd $(WXWIN)\distrib\msw\tmake
 	tmake -t $(MFTYPE) wxwin.pro -o makefile.$(MFTYPE)
 	copy makefile.$(MFTYPE) $(WXWIN)\src\msw

distrib/msw/tmake/dos.t

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
     #! now transform these hashes into $project tags
     foreach $file (sort keys %wxGeneric) {
         if ( $wxGeneric{$file} =~ /\b(PS|G|U)\b/ ) {
-            #! this file for some reason was compiled for VC++ 1.52
+            #! this file for some reason wasn't compiled for VC++ 1.52
             next unless $file =~ /^prntdlgg\./;
         }
 
@@ -27,8 +27,11 @@
         #! socket files don't compile under Win16 currently
         next if $wxCommon{$file} =~ /\b(32|S)\b/;
 
+        $isCFile = $file =~ /\.c$/;
         $file =~ s/cp?p?$/obj/;
-        $project{"WXCOMMONOBJS"} .= "\$(COMMDIR)\\" . $file . " "
+        $obj = "\$(COMMDIR)\\" . $file . " ";
+        $project{"WXCOMMONOBJS"} .= $obj;
+        $project{"WXCOBJS"} .= $obj if $isCFile;
     }
 
     foreach $file (sort keys %wxMSW) {
@@ -177,11 +180,20 @@ $(CPPFLAGS) /YcWX/WXPREC.H /c /Tp $*.$(SRCSUFF)
     $_ = $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} . $project{"WXCOMMONOBJS"} . $project{"WXGENERICOBJS"};
     my @objs = split;
     foreach (@objs) {
-        s:\\:/:;
-        $text .= $_ . ':     $*.$(SRCSUFF)' . "\n" .
-                 '        cl @<<' . "\n" .
-                 '$(CPPFLAGS) /Fo$@ /c /Tp $*.$(SRCSUFF)' . "\n" .
-                 "<<\n\n";
+	if ( $project{"WXCOBJS"} =~ /\Q$_/ ) {
+		s:\\:/:;
+		$text .= $_ . ':     $*.c' . "\n" .
+			 '        cl @<<' . "\n" .
+			 '$(CPPFLAGS2) /Fo$@ /c /Tc $*.c' . "\n" .
+			 "<<\n\n";
+	}
+	else {
+		s:\\:/:;
+		$text .= $_ . ':     $*.$(SRCSUFF)' . "\n" .
+			 '        cl @<<' . "\n" .
+			 '$(CPPFLAGS) /Fo$@ /c /Tp $*.$(SRCSUFF)' . "\n" .
+			 "<<\n\n";
+	}
     }
 #$}
 

distrib/msw/tmake/filelist.txt

@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 # compiler, &c)
 #
 # Known flags:
+#  B	makes part of the base library too
 #  16	a generic file implementing Win32 control for Win16
 #  32	only can be compiled under Win32
 #  PS	PostScript related file, normally not compiled under Windows
@@ -37,6 +38,7 @@
 #  S	Socket file (currently doesn't compile under Win16 nor with GNU)
 #  R	Not required for the GTK port
 #  X	Not required for the Motif port
+#
 #  WX	Base header
 #  GTK  GTK header
 #  MSW	MSW header
@@ -66,6 +68,7 @@ helpxlp.cpp	G	G,R
 imaglist.cpp	G	16
 laywin.cpp	G
 listctrl.cpp	G	16
+logg.cpp	G
 msgdlgg.cpp	G	G
 notebook.cpp	G	16,R
 panelg.cpp	G
@@ -78,6 +81,7 @@ proplist.cpp	G
 sashwin.cpp	G
 scrolwin.cpp	G
 splitter.cpp	G
+statline.cpp	G	U,R
 statusbr.cpp	G
 tabg.cpp	G	R
 numdlgg.cpp	G
@@ -88,9 +92,9 @@ wizard.cpp	G
 
 choiccmn.cpp	C	R
 cmndata.cpp	C
-config.cpp	C
+config.cpp	C	B
 ctrlcmn.cpp	C	R
-date.cpp	C
+date.cpp	C	B
 datstrm.cpp	C
 db.cpp	C
 dbtable.cpp	C
@@ -98,75 +102,78 @@ dcbase.cpp	C
 dlgcmn.cpp	C
 docmdi.cpp	C
 docview.cpp	C
-dynarray.cpp	C
-dynlib.cpp	C
+dynarray.cpp	C	B
+dynlib.cpp	C	B
 event.cpp	C
-extended.c	C
-ffile.cpp	C
-file.cpp	C
-fileconf.cpp	C
-filefn.cpp	C
-filesys.cpp	C
+extended.c	C	B
+ffile.cpp	C	B
+file.cpp	C	B
+fileconf.cpp	C	B
+filefn.cpp	C	B
+filesys.cpp	C	B
+fontcmn.cpp	C
 framecmn.cpp	C
 fs_inet.cpp	C
 fs_zip.cpp	C
 ftp.cpp	C	S
 gdicmn.cpp	C
 gifdecod.cpp	C
-hash.cpp	C
+hash.cpp	C	B
 helpbase.cpp	C
 http.cpp	C	S
 imagbmp.cpp	C
 image.cpp	C
+imagall.cpp	C
 imaggif.cpp	C
-imagjpeg.cpp	C
-imagpcx.cpp	C
-imagpng.cpp	C
-imagpnm.cpp	C
-intl.cpp	C
+imagjpeg.cpp	C	32
+imagpcx.cpp	C	32
+imagpng.cpp	C	32
+imagpnm.cpp	C	32
+intl.cpp	C	B
 ipcbase.cpp	C
 layout.cpp	C
-list.cpp	C
-log.cpp	C
+list.cpp	C	B
+log.cpp	C	B
 memory.cpp	C
-mimetype.cpp	C	32
-module.cpp	C
+mimetype.cpp	C	32,B
+module.cpp	C	B
 mstream.cpp	C
-object.cpp	C
+object.cpp	C	B
 objstrm.cpp	C
 odbc.cpp	C	R
 paper.cpp	C
 prntbase.cpp	C
-process.cpp	C	32
+process.cpp	C	32,B
 protocol.cpp	C	S
 resource.cpp	C
 sckaddr.cpp	C	S
 sckfile.cpp	C	S
 sckipc.cpp	C	S
 sckstrm.cpp	C	S
+serbase.cpp	C
 sizer.cpp	C
 socket.cpp	C	S
 stream.cpp	C
-strconv.cpp	C
-string.cpp	C
+strconv.cpp	C	B
+string.cpp	C	B
 tbarbase.cpp	C
-tbarsmpl.cpp	C	16
+tbarsmpl.cpp	C
 textcmn.cpp	C
-textfile.cpp	C
-time.cpp	C
-timercmn.cpp	C
-tokenzr.cpp	C
+textfile.cpp	C	B
+time.cpp	C	B
+timercmn.cpp	C	B
+tokenzr.cpp	C	B
 txtstrm.cpp	C
 unzip.c	C
 url.cpp	C	S
-utilscmn.cpp	C
+utilscmn.cpp	C	B
 valgen.cpp	C
 validate.cpp	C
 valtext.cpp	C
-variant.cpp	C
+variant.cpp	C	B
 wfstream.cpp	C
 wincmn.cpp	C
-wxchar.cpp	C
+wxchar.cpp	C	B
 wxexpr.cpp	C
 zipstrm.cpp	C
 zstream.cpp	C
@@ -232,7 +239,7 @@ ownerdrw.cpp	M
 palette.cpp	M
 pen.cpp	M
 penwin.cpp	M
-pnghand.cpp	M
+pnghand.cpp	M	32
 printdlg.cpp	M
 printwin.cpp	M
 radiobox.cpp	M
@@ -265,7 +272,9 @@ uuid.cpp	M	O
 wave.cpp	M
 window.cpp	M
 xpmhand.cpp	M
+gsocket.c	M	S
 
+dialup.cpp	U
 threadpsx.cpp	U
 utilsunx.cpp	U
 gsocket.c	U
@@ -299,7 +308,6 @@ fontdlg.cpp	R
 frame.cpp	R
 gauge.cpp	R
 gdiobj.cpp	R
-gsockgtk.c	R
 icon.cpp	R
 listbox.cpp	R
 main.cpp	R
@@ -329,7 +337,7 @@ utilsres.cpp	R
 wave.cpp	R
 window.cpp	R
 
-gsockmot.cpp	X
+gsockmot.c	X	S
 accel.cpp	X
 app.cpp	X
 bitmap.cpp	X
@@ -337,6 +345,7 @@ bmpbuttn.cpp	X
 brush.cpp	X
 button.cpp	X
 checkbox.cpp	X
+checklst.cpp	X
 choice.cpp	X
 clipbrd.cpp	X
 colour.cpp	X
@@ -352,6 +361,7 @@ dcscreen.cpp	X
 dialog.cpp	X
 filedlg.cpp	X
 font.cpp	X
+fontenum.cpp	X
 frame.cpp	X
 gauge.cpp	X
 gdiobj.cpp	X
@@ -371,6 +381,7 @@ region.cpp	X
 scrolbar.cpp	X
 settings.cpp	X
 slider.cpp	X
+spinbutt.cpp	X
 statbmp.cpp	X
 statbox.cpp	X
 stattext.cpp	X
@@ -380,22 +391,23 @@ timer.cpp	X
 utils.cpp	X
 window.cpp	X
 
+helpdata.cpp	H
+helpfrm.cpp	H
+helpctrl.cpp	H
 htmlcell.cpp	H
-htmlfilter.cpp	H
-htmlhelp.cpp	H
-htmlhelp_io.cpp	H
-htmlparser.cpp	H
+htmlfilt.cpp	H
+htmlpars.cpp	H
 htmltag.cpp	H
 htmlwin.cpp	H
-htmlwinparser.cpp	H
-mod_fonts.cpp	H
-mod_hline.cpp	H
-mod_image.cpp	H
-mod_layout.cpp	H
-mod_links.cpp	H
-mod_list.cpp	H
-mod_pre.cpp	H
-mod_tables.cpp	H
+winpars.cpp	H
+m_fonts.cpp	H
+m_hline.cpp	H
+m_image.cpp	H
+m_layout.cpp	H
+m_links.cpp	H
+m_list.cpp	H
+m_pre.cpp	H
+m_tables.cpp	H
 search.cpp	H
 
 arrimpl.cpp	W
@@ -816,16 +828,18 @@ ftp.h	P
 http.h	P
 protocol.h	P
 
-forcelink.h	L
+forcelnk.h	L
+helpdata.h	L
+helpfrm.h	L
+helpctrl.h	L
 htmlcell.h	L
 htmldefs.h	L
-htmlfilter.h	L
-htmlhelp.h	L
-htmlparser.h	L
+htmlfilt.h	L
+htmlpars.h	L
 htmltag.h	L
 htmlwin.h	L
-htmlwinparser.h	L
-mod_templ.h	L
+winpars.h	L
+m_templ.h	L
 version.h	L
 
 caret.h	N

distrib/msw/tmake/g295.t

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+#!#############################################################################
+#! File:    g295.t
+#! Purpose: tmake template file from which makefile.g295 is generated by running
+#!          tmake -t g295 wxwin.pro -o makefile.g295
+#! Author:  Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
+#! Created: 14.07.99
+#! Version: $Id$
+#!#############################################################################
+
+#${
+    #! include the code which parses filelist.txt file and initializes
+    #! %wxCommon, %wxGeneric and %wxMSW hashes.
+    IncludeTemplate("filelist.t");
+
+    #! now transform these hashes into $project tags
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxGeneric) {
+        #! native wxDirDlg can't be compiled due to GnuWin32/OLE limitations,
+        #! so take the generic version
+        if ( $wxGeneric{$file} =~ /\b(PS|G|U|16)\b/ ) {
+            next;
+        }
+
+        $file =~ s/cp?p?$/\$(OBJSUFF)/;
+        $project{"WXGENERICOBJS"} .= '$(GENDIR)/' . $file . " "
+    }
+
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxCommon) {
+        next if $wxCommon{$file} =~ /\b(16)\b/;
+
+        $file =~ s/cp?p?$/\$(OBJSUFF)/;
+        $project{"WXCOMMONOBJS"} .= '$(COMMDIR)/' . $file . " "
+    }
+
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxMSW) {
+        #! Mingw32 doesn't have the OLE headers and has some troubles with
+        #! socket code
+        next if $wxMSW{$file} =~ /\b(16)\b/;
+
+	$project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= '$(MSWDIR)/';
+        $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= 'ole/' if $wxMSW{$file} =~ /\bO\b/;
+        $file =~ s/cp?p?$/\$(OBJSUFF)/;
+        $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= $file . " "
+    }
+
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxHTML) {
+        $file =~ s/cp?p?$/\$(OBJSUFF)/;
+        $project{"WXHTMLOBJS"} .= '$(HTMLDIR)/' . $file . " "
+    }
+
+#$}
+# This file was automatically generated by tmake at #$ Now()
+# DO NOT CHANGE THIS FILE, YOUR CHANGES WILL BE LOST! CHANGE G295.T!
+
+#
+# File:     makefile.g295
+# Author:   Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
+# Created:  1993
+# Updated:  1999
+# Copyright:(c) 1993, AIAI, University of Edinburgh,
+# Copyright:(c) 1999, Vadim Zeitlin
+# Copyright:(c) 1999, Robert Roebling
+#
+# Makefile for libwx.a
+
+# Replace this with your own path if necessary
+WXDIR = ../..
+
+# All common compiler flags and options are now in
+# this central makefile.
+include $(WXDIR)/src/makeg95.env
+
+# Subordinate library possibilities
+
+EXTRAOBJS=
+
+GENDIR  = $(WXDIR)/src/generic
+COMMDIR = $(WXDIR)/src/common
+HTMLDIR = $(WXDIR)/src/html
+XPMDIR  = $(WXDIR)/src/xpm
+PNGDIR  = $(WXDIR)/src/png
+JPEGDIR = $(WXDIR)/src/jpeg
+ZLIBDIR = $(WXDIR)/src/zlib
+OLEDIR  = $(WXDIR)/src/msw/ole
+MSWDIR  = $(WXDIR)/src/msw
+
+DOCDIR = $(WXDIR)\docs
+
+GENERICOBJS = \
+                #$ ExpandList("WXGENERICOBJS");
+
+COMMONOBJS  = \
+		$(COMMDIR)/y_tab.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		#$ ExpandList("WXCOMMONOBJS");
+
+HTMLOBJS = \
+                #$ ExpandList("WXHTMLOBJS");
+
+MSWOBJS     = \
+		#$ ExpandList("WXMSWOBJS");
+
+ZLIBOBJS    = \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/adler32.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/compress.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/crc32.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/gzio.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/uncompr.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/deflate.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/trees.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/zutil.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/inflate.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/infblock.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/inftrees.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/infcodes.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/infutil.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(ZLIBDIR)/inffast.$(OBJSUFF)
+
+PNGOBJS     = \
+		$(PNGDIR)/png.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngread.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngrtran.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngrutil.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngpread.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngtrans.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngwrite.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngwtran.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngwutil.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngerror.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngmem.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngwio.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngrio.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngget.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(PNGDIR)/pngset.$(OBJSUFF)
+
+
+JPEGOBJS    = \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcomapi.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jutils.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jerror.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jmemmgr.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jmemnobs.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcapimin.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcapistd.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jctrans.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcparam.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdatadst.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcinit.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcmaster.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcmarker.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcmainct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcprepct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jccoefct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jccolor.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcsample.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jchuff.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcphuff.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jcdctmgr.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jfdctfst.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jfdctflt.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jfdctint.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdapimin.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdapistd.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdtrans.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdatasrc.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdmaster.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdinput.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdmarker.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdhuff.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdphuff.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdmainct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdcoefct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdpostct.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jddctmgr.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jidctfst.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jidctflt.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jidctint.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jidctred.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdsample.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdcolor.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jquant1.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jquant2.$(OBJSUFF) \
+		$(JPEGDIR)/jdmerge.$(OBJSUFF)
+
+XPMOBJECTS = 	$(XPMDIR)/crbuffri.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/crdatfri.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/create.o $(XPMDIR)/crifrbuf.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/crifrdat.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/data.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/hashtab.o $(XPMDIR)/misc.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/parse.o $(XPMDIR)/rdftodat.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/rdftoi.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/rgb.o $(XPMDIR)/scan.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/simx.o $(XPMDIR)/wrffrdat.o\
+		$(XPMDIR)/wrffrp.o $(XPMDIR)/wrffri.o
+
+OBJECTS = $(MSWOBJS) $(COMMONOBJS) $(GENERICOBJS) $(HTMLOBJS) \
+	  $(JPEGOBJS) $(PNGOBJS) $(ZLIBOBJS) # $(XPMOBJECTS)
+
+all:    $(OBJECTS) $(WXLIB)
+
+$(WXLIB): $(OBJECTS) $(EXTRAOBJS)
+	ar $(AROPTIONS) $@ $(EXTRAOBJS) $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+$(OBJECTS):	$(WXINC)/wx/defs.h $(WXINC)/wx/object.h $(WXINC)/wx/setup.h
+
+$(COMMDIR)/y_tab.$(OBJSUFF):    $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c $(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c
+	$(CCLEX) -c $(CPPFLAGS) -DUSE_DEFINE -DYY_USE_PROTOS -o $@ $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c
+
+$(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c:     $(COMMDIR)/dosyacc.c
+	copy ..\common\dosyacc.c ..\common\y_tab.c
+
+$(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c:    $(COMMDIR)/doslex.c
+	copy ..\common\doslex.c ..\common\lex_yy.c
+
+# Replace lex with flex if you run into compilation
+# problems with lex_yy.c. See also note about LEX_SCANNER
+# above.
+# $(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c:	$(COMMDIR)/lexer.l
+#	$(LEX) -L -o$(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c $(COMMDIR)/lexer.l
+#
+# Try one of these if the above line doesn't work.
+# Alternative syntax (1)
+#	$(LEX) -t -L $(COMMDIR)/lexer.l > $(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c
+# Alternative syntax (2)
+#	$(LEX) -L -o$(COMMDIR)/lex_yy.c $(COMMDIR)/lexer.l
+#
+#	sed -e "s/BUFSIZ/5000/g" < lex.yy.c | \
+#	sed -e "s/yyoutput(c)/void yyoutput(c)/g" | \
+#       sed -e "s/YYLMAX 200/YYLMAX 5000/g" > lex_yy.c
+#	rm -f lex.yy.c
+#
+# Replace yacc with bison if you run into compilation
+# problems with y_tab.c.
+#
+# $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c:	$(COMMDIR)/parser.y
+#	$(YACC) -o $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c $(COMMDIR)/parser.y
+#
+# If you use e.g. gcc on Unix, uncomment these lines
+# and comment out the above.
+#
+# $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c:	$(COMMDIR)/parser.y
+#	$(YACC) $(COMMDIR)/parser.y
+#	mv y.tab.c $(COMMDIR)/y_tab.c
+
+clean:
+	-erase *.o
+	-erase *.bak
+	-erase core
+	-erase ..\common\y_tab.c
+	-erase ..\common\lex_yy.c
+	-erase ..\common\*.o
+	-erase ..\common\*.bak
+	-erase ..\generic\*.o
+	-erase ..\generic\*.bak
+	-erase ..\html\*.o
+	-erase ..\png\*.o
+	-erase ..\png\*.bak
+	-erase ..\zlib\*.o
+	-erase ..\zlib\*.bak
+	-erase ..\jpeg\*.o
+	-erase ..\..\lib\libwx.a
+
+cleanall: clean

distrib/msw/tmake/unx.t

@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ DEPFILES = $(@GUIDEPS@) $(@COMMONDEPS@) $(@GENERICDEPS@) $(UNIXDEPS) $(HTMLDEPS)
 HEADERS = $(@GUIHEADERS@) $(HTML_HEADERS) $(UNIX_HEADERS) $(PROTOCOL_HEADERS) \
 	  $(GENERIC_HEADERS) $(WX_HEADERS)
 
-all:    $(OBJECTS) @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@ @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
+all: @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
 
 @WX_LIBRARY_NAME_STATIC@:  $(OBJECTS)
 	@$(INSTALL) -d ./lib
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ all:    $(OBJECTS) @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@ @WX_CREATE_LINKS@
 	@$(INSTALL) -d ./lib
 	$(SHARED_LD) ./lib/$@ $(OBJECTS) $(EXTRALIBS)
 	
-CREATE_LINKS:  ./lib/@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@
+CREATE_LINKS: @WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK1@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK2@
 	@$(RM) ./lib/@WX_LIBRARY_LINK3@

distrib/msw/tmake/vc.t

@@ -41,6 +41,14 @@
         $file =~ s/cp?p?$/obj/;
         $project{"WXMSWOBJS"} .= '$D\\' . $file . " ";
     }
+
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxHTML) {
+        next if $wxHTML{$file} =~ /\b16\b/;
+
+        $file =~ s/cp?p?$/obj/;
+        $project{"WXHTMLOBJS"} .= "..\\html\\\$D\\" . $file . " "
+    }
+
 #$}
 # This file was automatically generated by tmake at #$ Now()
 # DO NOT CHANGE THIS FILE, YOUR CHANGES WILL BE LOST! CHANGE VC.T!
@@ -112,6 +120,11 @@ $(CPPFLAGS2) /Fo$@ /c /Tc $<
 $(CPPFLAGS) /Fo$@ /c /Tp $<
 <<
 
+{..\msw}.c{..\msw\$D}.obj:
+	cl @<<
+$(CPPFLAGS2) /Fo$@ /c /Tc $<
+<<
+
 {..\msw\ole}.cpp{..\msw\ole\$D}.obj:
 	cl @<<
 $(CPPFLAGS) /Fo$@ /c /Tp $<
@@ -134,28 +147,12 @@ COMMONOBJS = \
 
 MSWOBJS = #$ ExpandList("WXMSWOBJS");
 
-HTMLOBJS = \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlcell.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlfilter.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlhelp.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlhelp_io.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlparser.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmltag.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlwin.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\htmlwinparser.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_fonts.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_hline.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_image.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_layout.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_links.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_list.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_pre.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\mod_tables.obj \
-  ..\html\$D\search.obj
+HTMLOBJS = #$ ExpandList("WXHTMLOBJS");
+
 
 # Add $(NONESSENTIALOBJS) if wanting generic dialogs, PostScript etc.
 # Add $(HTMLOBJS) if wanting wxHTML classes
-OBJECTS = $(COMMONOBJS) $(GENERICOBJS) $(MSWOBJS)
+OBJECTS = $(COMMONOBJS) $(GENERICOBJS) $(MSWOBJS) $(HTMLOBJS)
 
 # Normal, static library
 all:    dirs $(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS) $(PERIPH_TARGET) png zlib xpm jpeg $(LIBTARGET)
@@ -240,7 +237,7 @@ $(WXDIR)\lib\$(WXLIBNAME).lib: $(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS)
 <<
 
 # Update the dynamic link library
-$(WXDIR)\lib\$(WXLIBNAME).dll: $(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS) $(WXDIR)\lib\$(WXLIBNAME).lib
+$(WXDIR)\lib\$(WXLIBNAME).dll: $(DUMMYOBJ) $(OBJECTS)
     $(link) @<<
     $(LINKFLAGS)
     -out:$(WXDIR)\lib\$(WXLIBNAME).dll

distrib/msw/tmake/vc6.t

@@ -30,6 +30,11 @@
         my $tag = $wxMSW{$file} =~ /\bO\b/ ? "WXOLESRCS" : "WXMSWSRCS";
         $project{$tag} .= $file . " "
     }
+
+    foreach $file (sort keys %wxHTML) {
+        next if $wxHTML{$file} =~ /\b16\b/;
+        $project{"WXHTMLSRCS"} .= $file . " "
+    }
 #$}
 # Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="wxWindows" - Package Owner=<4>
 # Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
@@ -125,6 +130,7 @@ SOURCE=.\src\msw\dummy.cpp
 #$ ExpandGlue("WXGENERICSRCS", "# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\generic\\", "\n# End Source File\n# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\generic\\", "\n# End Source File\n");
 #$ ExpandGlue("WXCOMMONSRCS", "# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\common\\", "\n# End Source File\n# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\common\\", "\n# End Source File\n");
 #$ ExpandGlue("WXCSRCS", "# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\common\\", "\n# SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu\n# End Source File\n# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\common\\", "\n# SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu\n# End Source File\n");
+#$ ExpandGlue("WXHTMLSRCS", "# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\html\\", "\n# End Source File\n# Begin Source File\n\nSOURCE=.\\src\\html\\", "\n# End Source File\n");
 
 # Begin Source File
 

docs/changes.txt

@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ General:
 
 - Fixed day_of_week bug (Peter Stadel).
 - Added Inside(), SetLeft/Right/Top/Bottom, +, += to wxRect.
+- Added wxHTML, an HTML library and widget.
+- Added ZIP input stream.
 
 2.1.0, b4, May 9th 1999
 -----------------------

docs/html/roadmap.htm

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+  <TITLE>wxWindows Roadmap</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<a name="top"></a>
+
+<font face="Arial, Lucida Sans, Helvetica">
+
+<table width=100% border=4 cellpadding=5 cellspacing=0>
+<tr>
+<td bgcolor="#660000">
+<font size=+1 face="Arial, Lucida Sans, Helvetica" color="#FFFFFF">
+wxWindows Roadmap
+</font>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<P>
+
+<CENTER>
+<a href="#schedule">Schedule</a> | <a href="#todo">To-Do List</a>
+</CENTER>
+
+<P>
+
+This page represents current thinking about where wxWindows is going in the near, 
+medium and long-term. It also serves as a schedule for new releases so
+that both developers and users can know what to expect when, at least approximately.<P>
+
+Note (1): as the wxWindows effort is voluntary, these are not hard-and-fast deadlines:
+but we will endeavour to follow them as closely as possible.<P>
+
+Note (2): the releases described are for wxGTK, wxMSW and wxMotif ports. wxMac currently follows
+its own development path but is due to merge with the main code base in November/December.
+Also, minor snapshot releases for specific platforms may be
+available at dates convenient to the developers.<P>
+
+<CENTER>
+<HR> <FONT SIZE=+2><I><B><a name="schedule">Schedule</a></B></I></FONT> <HR>
+</CENTER>
+<P>
+
+<H4>Release 2.0.?</H4>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: October 3rd, 1999
+<li>This beta is intended to be the last stable snapshot before wxWindows
+is split into base and GUI libraries.
+<li>New wxGrid in beta.
+<li>wxWizard (beta)
+<li>wxDialUpManager and wxPhoneDialer (beta)
+<li>wxFontEnumerator (beta)
+<li>Preliminary support for different encodings
+<li>wxPostEvent function
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H2>Release 2.1</H2>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: November 7th, 1999
+<li>Splits wxWindows into base and GUI libraries. Most, but not all makefiles
+are expected to support this: for the rest, the makefiles will build a valid
+combined base/GUI library for GUI applications only.
+<li>New wxGrid.
+<li>wxSocket working.
+<li>Full support for fonts in different encodings
+<li>Tested multithreading support (wxThread)
+<li>wxHTML printing (possibly).
+<li>Better i18n support (i.e. more translations)
+<li>Animation classes (possibly, low priority).
+<li>PCX writing capability (possibly, low priority).
+<li>wxImage handlers in separate .h and .cpp files.
+<li>Rewritten timer.cpp, possible wxChrono class.
+<li>Bug tracking system in place.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H4>Release 2.1.1</H4>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: January 9th, 2000
+<li>Miscellaneous fixes and small enhancements.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H4>Release 2.1.2</H4>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: March 5th, 2000
+<li>Miscellaneous fixes and small enhancements.
+<li>wxDateTime class in beta.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H4>Release 2.1.3</H4>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: May 7th, 2000
+<li>Unicode compilation starting to work in wxGTK and wxMSW.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H2>Release 2.2</H2>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: c. July 2nd, 2000
+<li>Unicode compilation working in wxGTK and wxMSW.
+<li>wxDateTime class.
+<li>Regular expressions support.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<H2>Release 2.3</H2>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Release date: unknown
+<li>WinCE port available.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<CENTER>
+<HR> <FONT SIZE=+2><I><B><a name="todo">To-Do List</a></B></I></FONT> <HR>
+</CENTER>
+
+<P>
+
+Developers: please feel free to add to these, and delete them when they are done.
+
+<P>
+
+<B><I>General</I></B><P>
+
+<ul>
+<li>wxHTML printing. When finished, this will allow an application to generate
+printed reports with very little effort.
+<li>wxSocket.
+<li>Split library into several, for base (classes and functions usable by console and GUI
+applications), console (classes and functions usable by console application only)
+and GUI (classes and functions usable by GUI application only).
+<li>Extend and unify drag and drop handling (e.g. we need to specify multiple drop targets
+that can handle multiple formats).
+<li>Expand the number of controls that can be specified in a WXR file;
+add constraint specification to WXR syntax and Dialog Editor; add multilanguage support to WXR.
+May be we'd better change the format completely and replace WXR with XML
+(providing conversion utility for old files)?
+<li>Rewrite Dialog Editor.
+<li>Modem-oriented classes: wxDialUpManager for dialing up the ISP and
+determining if there is a connection to Internet on the machine and
+wxPhoneDialer for dialing arbitrary phone numbers and otherwise communicating
+with the modem.
+<li>PCX writing code.
+<li>GIF animation code.
+<li>Tidying of timer code, addition of wxChrono class.
+<li>Debug wxPostScriptDC further.
+<li>wxDateTime class.
+<li>Expansion of wxHTML to support further tags, and frames.
+<li>MGL port (see Backroom/Future Ports page).
+<li>Rotated text support.
+<li>FreeType support.
+<li>Support for 'skins', perhaps using a set of alternative control and window classes
+written generically in wxWindows.
+<li>Serial and parallel port support.
+<li>Modem and telephony support.
+<li>Book, tutorial.
+<li>More examples.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<B><I>wxMSW</I></B><P>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Windows CE port.
+<li>Cure bug whereby in a panel within another panel, all buttons become
+default buttons (heavy black border).
+<li>Write a RC->WXR converter.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<B><I>wxGTK</I></B><P>
+
+<ul>
+<li>GNOME/KDE integration libraries.
+</ul>
+
+<P>
+
+<B><I>wxMotif</I></B><P>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Fix menu accelerators
+<li>Fix refresh problems
+<li>Allow wxSystemSettings to be configurable, perhaps via a control
+panel application.
+</ul>
+
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+

docs/html/standard.htm

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ variety of platforms. The second part details the wxWindows code organization an
 its goal it to make wxWindows as uniform as possible without imposing too
 many restrictions on the programmer.
 <P>
-Acknowledgements: This guide is partly based on <A 
+Acknowledgements: This guide is partly based on <A
 HREF=http://www.mozilla.org/docs/tplist/catBuild/portable-cpp.html target=_top>
 C++ portability guide</A> by David Williams.
 
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ C++ portability guide</A> by David Williams.
     <LI><A HREF="#no_stl">Don't use STL</A></LI>
     <LI><A HREF="#no_fordecl">Don't declare variables inside <TT>for()</TT></A></LI>
     <LI><A HREF="#no_nestedclasses">Don't use nested classes</A></LI>
+    <LI><A HREF="#no_ternarywithobjects">Use ternary operator ?: carefully</A></LI>
   </OL>
   <BR>
   <LI>General recommendations</LI>
@@ -100,14 +101,15 @@ C++ portability guide</A> by David Williams.
     <LI><A HREF="#indentation">Indent your code with 4 spaces (no tabs!)</A></LI>
     <LI><A HREF="#class_decl">Order of parts in a class declarations</A></LI>
   </OL>
-  
+
   <BR>
   <LI>More about naming conventions</LI>
   <OL>
     <LI><A HREF="#wx_prefix">Use wx or WX prefix for all public symbols</A></LI>
-    <LI><A HREF="#wxdllexport">Use WXDLLEXPORT with all classes/functions in 
+    <LI><A HREF="#wxdllexport">Use WXDLLEXPORT with all classes/functions in
                                wxMSW/common code</A></LI>
     <LI><A HREF="#set_get">Use Set/Get prefixes for accessors</A></LI>
+    <LI><A HREF="#constants">wxNAMING_CONSTANTS</A></LI>
   </OL>
 
   <BR>
@@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ C++ portability guide</A> by David Williams.
 <H3>General C++ Rules</H3>
 <UL>
   <LI>New or not widely supported C++ features</LI>
-  
+
   <P>The usage of all features in this section is not recommended for one reason: they appeared in C++ relatively recently and are not yet
 supported by all compilers. Moreover, when they're supported, there are
 differences between different vendor's implementations. It's understandable that
@@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ of your favourite C++ abilities are indicated.
   <P>Just to suppress any doubts that there are compilers which don't support
 these new features, you can think about Win16 (a.k.a. Win 3.1) compilers,
 <I>none</I> of which supports <I>any</I> feature from the list below.
-  
+
   <OL>
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_templates"></A><B>Don't use C++ templates</B></LI><P>
 Besides the reasons mentioned above, template usage also makes the
@@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ most commonly, polymorphic containers (in the sense that they can contain object
 any type without compromising C++ type system, i.e. using <TT>void *</TT>
 is out of question). wxWindows provides <A HREF="TODO">dynamic
 arrays and lists</A> which are sufficient in 99% of cases - please don't hesitate
-to use them. Lack of template is not a reason to use static arrays or 
+to use them. Lack of template is not a reason to use static arrays or
 type-less (passing by <TT>void *</TT>) containers.
 
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_exceptions"></A><B>Don't use C++ exceptions</B></LI><P>
@@ -180,10 +182,10 @@ might help here:<P>
 void ReadAddressBookFile(const wxString& strName)
 {
   wxFile file;
-  
+
   if ( !file.Open(strFile) )
     return;
-  
+
   ...process it...
 }
         </PRE>
@@ -193,19 +195,19 @@ void ReadAddressBookFile(const wxString& strName)
 bool ReadAddressBookFile(const wxString& strName)
 {
   wxFile file;
-  
+
   if ( !file.Open(strFile) ) {
     // wxFile logged an error because file couldn't be opened which
     // contains the system error code, however it doesn't know what
     // this file is for and an error message "can't open $GLCW.ADB"
     // can be quite confusing for the user. Here we say what we mean.
-    wxLogError("Can't read address book from '%s'!", 
+    wxLogError("Can't read address book from '%s'!",
 	       strName.c_str());
     return false;
   }
-  
+
   ...process it...
-    
+
   return true;
 }
 	</PRE>
@@ -217,22 +219,22 @@ bool ReadAddressBookFile(const wxString& strName)
 bool ReadAddressBookFile(const wxString& strName)
 {
   wxFile file;
-  
+
   // start a block inside which all log messages are suppressed
   {
     wxLogNull noLog;
     if ( !file.Open(strFile) )
       return false;
   }
-  
+
   ...process it...
-  
+
   return true;
 }
         </PRE></LI>
     </UL>
   </OL>
-    
+
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_rtti"></A><B>Don't use RTTI</B></LI><P>
 RTTI stands for Run-Time Type Information and there is probably no other
 reason not to use it except the portability issue and the fact that it adds
@@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ reason not to use it except the portability issue and the fact that it adds
 in the implementations I'm aware of).
 <P><U>Workaround</U>: use wxWindows RTTI system which allows you to do almost
 everything which the new C++ RTTI, except that, of course, you have to use
-macros instead of the (horrible looking, BTW) <TT>dynamic_cast</TT>. 
+macros instead of the (horrible looking, BTW) <TT>dynamic_cast</TT>.
 
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_namespaces"></A><B>Don't use namespaces</B></LI><P>
 This topic is subject to change with time, however for the moment all wxWindows
@@ -312,17 +314,17 @@ you can try the following:
   private:
    class PrivateLibClass *m_pObject;
   };
-  
+
   // in the .cpp file
   class PrivateLibClass { ... };
-  
+
   PublicLibClass::PublicLibClass()
   {
     m_pObject = new PrivateLibClass;
-    
+
     ...
   }
-  
+
   PublicLibClass::~PublicLibClass()
   {
     delete m_pObject;
@@ -331,20 +333,39 @@ you can try the following:
 <P>A nice side effect is that you don't need to recompile all the files
 including the header if you change the PrivateLibClass declaration (it's
 an example of a more general interface/implementation separation idea).
+
+  <P><LI><A NAME="no_ternarywithobjects"></A><B>Use ternary operator ?: carefully</B></LI><P>
+  The ternary operator <TT>?:</TT> shouldn't be used with objects (i.e. if any
+of its operands are objects) because some compilers (notable Borland C++) fail
+to compile such code.
+<P><U>Workaround</U>: use <TT>if/else</TT> instead.
+<PRE>
+    wxString s1, s2;
+
+    // Borland C++ won't compile the line below
+    wxString s = s1.Len() < s2.Len() ? s1 : s2;
+
+    // but any C++ compiler will compile this
+    wxString s;
+    if ( s1.Len() < s2.Len() )
+        s = s1;
+    else
+        s = s2;
+</PRE>
 </OL>
 
   <BR>
   <LI>General recommendations</B></LI><P>
 While the recommendations in the previous section may not apply to you if you're
 only working with perfect compilers which implement the very newest directives of
-C++ standard, this section contains compiler- (and language-) independent advice 
+C++ standard, this section contains compiler- (and language-) independent advice
 which <B>must</B> be followed if you wish to write correct, i.e. working, programs. It
-also contains some C/C++ specific remarks in the end which are less 
+also contains some C/C++ specific remarks in the end which are less
 important.
   <OL>
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_globals"></A><B>No global variables with constructors</B></LI><P>
 In C++, the constructors of global variables are called before the
-<TT>main()</TT> function (or <TT>WinMain()</TT> or any other program entry point) 
+<TT>main()</TT> function (or <TT>WinMain()</TT> or any other program entry point)
 starts executing. Thus, there is no possibility to initialize <I>anything</I>
 before the constructor call. The order of construction is largely
 implementation-defined, meaning that there is no guarantee that one global
@@ -423,7 +444,7 @@ sizes are different. A small table illustrates it quite well:
 Although close to the heart of many C programmers (I plead guilty), code like
 classical <TT>if ( (c = getchar()) != EOF )</TT> is bad because it prevents you
 from enabling "assignment in conditional expression" warning (see also
-<A HREF="#no_warnings">above</A>) warning which is helpful to detect common
+<A HREF="#no_warnings">above</A>) which is helpful to detect common
 mistypes like <TT>if ( x = 2 )</TT> instead of <TT>if ( x == 2 )</TT>.
 
     <P><LI><A NAME="no_comment_code"></A><B>Use <TT>#if 0</TT> rather than comments to temporarily
@@ -495,10 +516,10 @@ like files without terminating new-line. Such files also give a warning message
 when loaded to vim (the Unix programmer's editor of choice :-)), so please think
 about terminating the last line.
   </OL>
-  
+
   <BR>
   <LI>Style choices</B></LI><P>
-  All wxWindows specific style guidelines are specified in the next 
+  All wxWindows specific style guidelines are specified in the next
 section, here are the choices which are not completely arbitrary,
 but have some deeper and not wxWindows-specific meaning.
 
@@ -518,9 +539,9 @@ following code fragment is:
   void Foo::Bar(int x_)
   {
     ...
-      
+
     x = x_;
-    
+
     ...
   }
 </PRE>
@@ -591,7 +612,7 @@ However, the <TT>const</TT> keyword is confusing here, adds nothing to the code
 and even cannot be removed if <TT>Foo()</TT> is virtual and overridden (because
 the names are mangled differently). So, <I>for arguments passed by value</I>
 you shouldn't use <TT>const</TT>.
-<P>Of course, it doesn't apply to functions such as 
+<P>Of course, it doesn't apply to functions such as
 <TT>void PrintMessage(const char *text)</TT> where <TT>const</TT> is mandatory.
   </OL>
 </UL>
@@ -607,7 +628,7 @@ The wxWindows files for each supported platform have their own subdirectories
 in "include" and "src". So, for example, there is "src/msw", "include/gtk"
 etc. There are also two special subdirectories called "common" and
 "generic". The common subdirectory contains the files which are platform
-independent (wxObject, wxString, ...) and the generic one the generic 
+independent (wxObject, wxString, ...) and the generic one the generic
 implementations of GUI widgets, i.e. those which use only other wxWindows
 classes to implement them. For the platforms where the given functionality
 cannot be implemented natively, the generic implementation is used and the native
@@ -712,12 +733,12 @@ usage 'public domain' (the copyright holder does not assert the copyright).<P>
     <P><LI><A NAME="indentation"></LI><B>Indent your code with 4 spaces (no tabs!)</B>
     <P><LI><A NAME="class_decl"></LI><B>Order of parts in a class declarations</B><P>
   </OL>
-  
+
   <P><LI>More about naming conventions</LI><P>
   <OL>
     <P><LI><A NAME="wx_prefix"></LI><B>Use wx or WX prefix for all public symbols</B>.
 wx should be used for functions and classes, WX for macros.
-    <P><LI><A NAME="wxdllexport"</LI><B>Use WXDLLEXPORT with all classes/functions in 
+    <P><LI><A NAME="wxdllexport"</LI><B>Use WXDLLEXPORT with all classes/functions in
                                 wxMSW/common code</B>
 The title says it all - every public (in the sense that it is not internal to
 the library) function or class should have WXDLLEXPORT macro in its
@@ -734,14 +755,33 @@ keyword ordering for exporting data.
 
 <P>There also several other places where you should take care of shared
 library case: all IMPLEMENT_xxx macros which are usually used in the
-corresponding .cpp files must be taken inside 
+corresponding .cpp files must be taken inside
 "<TT>&#35;if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY</TT>" and in the <TT>&#35;if USE_SHARED_LIBRARY</TT>
 case you should put them inside <TT>common/cmndata.cpp</TT> file.
 
     <P><LI><A NAME="set_get"></LI><B>Use Set/Get prefixes for accessors</B><P>
-There is a convention in wxWindows to prefix the accessors (i.e. any simple, in 
-general, inline function which does nothing else except changing or returning 
+There is a convention in wxWindows to prefix the accessors (i.e. any simple, in
+general, inline function which does nothing else except changing or returning
 the value of a member variable) with either <TT>Set</TT> or <TT>Get</TT>.
+
+    <P><LI><A NAME="constants"></LI><B>wxNAMING_CONSTANTS</B><P>
+The constants in wxWindows code should be defined using <TT>enum</TT> C++
+keyword (and not with <TT>#define</TT> or <TT>static const int</TT>). They
+should be declared in the global scope (and not inside class declaration) and
+their names should start with a <TT>wx</TT> prefix. Finally, the constants
+should be in all capital letters (except the first 2) to make it easier to
+distinguish them from the variables with underscores separating the words.
+
+<P>For example, file-related constants should be declared like this:
+<pre>
+enum
+{
+    wxFILEOPEN_READ,
+    wxFILEOPEN_WRITE,
+    wxFILEOPEN_READWRITE
+};
+</pre>
+
   </OL>
 
   <P><LI>Miscellaneous</LI><P>
@@ -751,7 +791,7 @@ It's really a trivial piece of advice, but remember that using forward declarati
 instead of including the header of corresponding class is better because not
 only does it minimize the compile time, it also simplifies the dependencies
 between different source files.
-<P>On a related subject, in general, you should try not to include other 
+<P>On a related subject, in general, you should try not to include other
 headers from a header file.
 
     <P><LI><A NAME="debug_macros"></LI><B>Use debugging macros</B><P>
@@ -764,7 +804,7 @@ stubs for not (yet) implemented functions which silently return incorrect
 values - otherwise, a person using a not implemented function has no idea that
 it is, in fact, not implemented.
 <P>As all debugging macros only do something useful if the symbol
-<TT>__DEBUG__</TT> is defined, you should compile your programs in debug mode to profit
+<TT>__WXDEBUG__</TT> is defined, you should compile your programs in debug mode to profit
 from them.
   </OL>
 </UL>

docs/latex/wx/accel.tex

@@ -137,6 +137,10 @@ Loads the accelerator table from a Windows resource (Windows only).
 
 \docparam{resource}{Name of a Windows accelerator.}
 
+\pythonnote{The wxPython constructor accepts a list of
+wxAcceleratorEntry objects, or 3-tuples consisting of flags, keyCode,
+and cmd values like you would construct wxAcceleratorEntry objects with.}
+
 \membersection{wxAcceleratorTable::\destruct{wxAcceleratorTable}}
 
 \func{}{\destruct{wxAcceleratorTable}}{\void}

docs/latex/wx/boxsizer.tex

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ the buttons shall be centred as the width of the dialog changes.
 It is the unique feature of a box sizer, that it can grow in both directions (height and
 width) but can distribute its growth in the main direction (horizontal for a row) {\it unevenly}
 among its children. In our example case, the vertical sizer is supposed to propagate all its
-height changes to only the text area, not to the button area. This is determined by the
-{\it option} parameter when adding a window (or another sizer) to a sizer. It is interpreted
+height changes to only the text area, not to the button area. This is determined by the {\it option} parameter
+when adding a window (or another sizer) to a sizer. It is interpreted
 as a weight factor, i.e. it can be zero, indicating that the window may not be resized
 at all, or above zero. If several windows have a value above zero, the value is interpreted
 relative to the sum of all weight factors of the sizer, so when adding two windows with
@@ -77,11 +77,9 @@ MyDialog::MyDialog(wxFrame *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &title ) :
 
   topsizer->Fit( this );            // set size to minimum size as calculated by the sizer
   topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );   // set size hints to honour mininum size
-  
 }
 \end{verbatim}
 
-
 \wxheading{Derived from}
 
 \helpref{wxSizer}{wxsizer}

docs/latex/wx/dc.tex

@@ -418,6 +418,9 @@ Gets the current pen (see \helpref{wxDC::SetPen}{wxdcsetpen}).
 Sets {\it colour} to the colour at the specified location. Windows only; an X implementation
 is being worked on. Not available for wxPostScriptDC or wxMetafileDC.
 
+\pythonnote{For wxPython the wxColour value is returned and is not
+required as a parameter.}
+
 \membersection{wxDC::GetSize}\label{wxdcgetsize}
 
 \func{void}{GetSize}{\param{long *}{width}, \param{long *}{height}}

docs/latex/wx/font.tex

@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ wxSWISS\_FONT}
 Default constructor.
 
 \func{}{wxFont}{\param{int}{ pointSize}, \param{int}{ family}, \param{int}{ style}, \param{int}{ weight},
- \param{const bool}{ underline = FALSE}, \param{const wxString\& }{faceName = ""}}
+ \param{const bool}{ underline = FALSE}, \param{const wxString\& }{faceName = ""},
+ \param{wxFontEncoding }{encoding = wxFONTENCODING\_DEFAULT}}
 
 Creates a font object.
 
@@ -70,6 +71,22 @@ Creates a font object.
 \docparam{faceName}{An optional string specifying the actual typeface to be used. If the empty string,
 a default typeface will chosen based on the family.}
 
+\docparam{encoding}{An encoding which may be one of
+\twocolwidtha{5cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxFONTENCODING\_SYSTEM}}{Default system encoding.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxFONTENCODING\_DEFAULT}}{Default application encoding: this
+is the encoding set by calls to 
+\helpref{SetDefaultEncoding}{wxfontsetdefaultencoding} and which may beset to,
+say, KOI8 to create all fonts by default with KOI8 encoding. Initially, the
+default application encoding is the same as default system encoding.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxFONTENCODING\_ISO8859\_1...15}}{ISO8859 encodings.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxFONTENCODING\_KOI8}}{The standard russian encoding for Internet.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxFONTENCODING\_CP1250...1252}}{Windows encodings similar to ISO8859 (but not identical).}
+\end{twocollist}
+If the specified encoding isn't available, no font is created.
+}
+
 \wxheading{Remarks}
 
 If the desired font does not exist, the closest match will be chosen.

docs/latex/wx/function.tex

@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ slashes.
 
 \func{bool}{wxFileExists}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
 
-Returns TRUE if the file exists.
+Returns TRUE if the file exists. It also returns TRUE if the file is
+a directory.
 
 \membersection{::wxFileNameFromPath}
 
@@ -80,6 +81,17 @@ See \helpref{wxFindFirstFile}{wxfindfirstfile} for an example.
 
 Returns the Windows directory under Windows; on other platforms returns the empty string.
 
+\membersection{::wxInitAllImageHandlers}\label{wxinitallimagehandlers}
+
+\func{void}{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{\void}
+
+Adds some common image format handlers, which, depending on wxWindows
+configuration, can be handlers for BMP (loading) (always installed), GIF
+(loading and saving), PCX (loading and saving), PNM (loading and saving as raw
+rgb), PNG (loading and saving), JPEG (loading and saving), file formats.
+
+See also: \helpref{wxImage}{wximage} \helpref{wxImageHandler}{wximagehandler}
+
 \membersection{::wxIsAbsolutePath}
 
 \func{bool}{wxIsAbsolutePath}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
@@ -1917,6 +1929,23 @@ base classes.
 
 <wx/object.h>
 
+\membersection{wxBITMAP}\label{wxbitmap}
+
+\func{}{wxBITMAP}{bitmapName}
+
+This macro loads a bitmap from either application resources (on the platforms
+for which they exist, i.e. Windows and OS2) or from an XPM file. It allows to
+avoid using {\tt #ifdef}s when creating bitmaps.
+
+\wxheading{See also}
+
+\helpref{Bitmaps and icons overview}{wxbitmapoverview},
+\helpref{wxICON}{wxicon}
+
+\wxheading{Include files}
+
+<wx/gdicmn.h>
+
 \membersection{WXDEBUG\_NEW}\label{debugnew}
 
 \func{}{WXDEBUG\_NEW}{arg}
@@ -1964,6 +1993,23 @@ Example:
 
 \helpref{RTTI overview}{runtimeclassoverview}
 
+\membersection{wxICON}\label{wxicon}
+
+\func{}{wxICON}{iconName}
+
+This macro loads an icon from either application resources (on the platforms
+for which they exist, i.e. Windows and OS2) or from an XPM file. It allows to
+avoid using {\tt #ifdef}s when creating icons.
+
+\wxheading{See also}
+
+\helpref{Bitmaps and icons overview}{wxbitmapoverview},
+\helpref{wxBITMAP}{wxbitmap}
+
+\wxheading{Include files}
+
+<wx/gdicmn.h>
+
 \membersection{WXTRACE}\label{trace}
 
 \wxheading{Include files}

docs/latex/wx/image.tex

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ wxDC::DrawBitmap.
 \wxheading{See also}
 
 \helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}
+\helpref{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{wxinitallimagehandlers}
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
 
@@ -278,15 +279,16 @@ Returns TRUE if there is a mask active, FALSE otherwise.
 
 \func{static void}{InitStandardHandlers}{\void}
 
-Adds the standard image format handlers, which, depending on wxWindows
-configuration, can be handlers for Windows BMP (loading), PNG
-(loading and saving) and JPEG (loading and saving) file formats.
+Internal use only. Adds standard image format handlers. It only install BMP
+for the time being, which is use by wxBitmap.
 
-This function is called by wxWindows on startup.
+This function is called by wxWindows on startup, and shouldn't be called by
+the user.
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
 \helpref{wxImageHandler}{wximagehandler}
+\helpref{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{wxinitallimagehandlers}
 
 \membersection{wxImage::InsertHandler}
 
@@ -303,11 +305,13 @@ of a given handler class in an application session.}
 
 \membersection{wxImage::LoadFile}\label{wximageloadfile}
 
-\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type}}
+\func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{long}{ type = wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_ANY}}
 
 \func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{const wxString\&}{ name}, \param{const wxString\&}{ mimetype}}
 
-Loads an image from a file.
+Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the library will
+try to use wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP or all known handlers previously installed
+through a call to \helpref{wxImage::InitAllHandlers}{wximageinitallhandlers}.
 
 \func{bool}{LoadFile}{\param{wxInputStream\&}{ stream}, \param{long}{ type}}
 
@@ -328,8 +332,11 @@ The meaning of {\it stream} data is determined by the {\it type} parameter.}
 \twocolwidtha{5cm}%
 \begin{twocollist}
 \twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_BMP}}{Load a Windows image file.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_PNG}}{Load a PNG image file.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_GIF}}{Load a GIF image file.}
 \twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_JPEG}}{Load a JPEG image file.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_PCX}}{Load a PCX image file.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_PNG}}{Load a PNG image file.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxBITMAP\_TYPE\_PNM}}{Load a PNM image file.}
 \end{twocollist}
 
 The validity of these flags depends on the platform and wxWindows configuration.}
@@ -587,6 +594,7 @@ created by IJG.)
 \wxheading{See also}
 
 \helpref{wxImage}{wximage}
+\helpref{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{wxinitallimagehandlers}
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
 

docs/latex/wx/listbox.tex

@@ -282,6 +282,9 @@ Insert the given number of strings before the specified position.
 \docparam{pos}{Position before which to insert the items: for example, if {\it pos} is 0 the items
 will be inserted in the beginning of the listbox}
 
+\pythonnote{The first two parameters are collapsed into a single
+parameter for wxPython, which is a list of strings.}
+
 \membersection{wxListBox::Number}\label{wxlistboxnumber}
 
 \constfunc{int}{Number}{\void}

docs/latex/wx/listctrl.tex

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ EVT\_LIST\_BEGIN\_LABEL\_EDIT event which can be vetoed so that no
 text control will appear for in-place editing.
 
 If the user changed the label (i.e. s/he does not press ESC or leave
-the text control without changes, a EVT\_LIST\_END\_LABEL\_EDIT event 
+the text control without changes, a EVT\_LIST\_END\_LABEL\_EDIT event
 will be sent which can be vetoed as well.
 
 \membersection{wxListCtrl::EnsureVisible}\label{wxlistctrlensurevisible}
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ Returns the specified image list. {\it which} may be one of:
 Gets information about the item. See \helpref{wxListCtrl::SetItem}{wxlistctrlsetitem} for more
 information.
 
-\pythonnote{The wxPython version of this method takes a parameter
-representing the item ID, and returns the wxListItem object.
+\pythonnote{The wxPython version of this method takes an integer parameter
+for the item ID, and returns the wxListItem object.
 }
 
 \membersection{wxListCtrl::GetItemData}\label{wxlistctrlgetitemdata}
@@ -376,6 +376,10 @@ giving details in {\it flags}. {\it flags} will be a combination of the followin
 wxLIST\_HITTEST\_ONITEMSTATEICON.}
 \end{twocollist}
 
+\pythonnote{A tuple of values is returned in the wxPython version of
+thsi method.  The first value is the item id and the second is the
+flags value mentioned above.}
+
 \membersection{wxListCtrl::InsertColumn}\label{wxlistctrlinsertcolumn}
 
 \func{long}{InsertColumn}{\param{long }{col}, \param{wxListItem\& }{info}}

docs/latex/wx/log.tex

@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ empty, {\it HasPendingMessages()} is also provided which allows to explicitly
 verify it.
 
 \helpref{Flush}{wxlogflush}\\
+\helpref{FlushActive}{wxlogflushactive}\\
 \helpref{HasPendingMessages}{haspendingmessages}
 
 \membersection{Customization}\label{wxlogcustomization}
@@ -142,6 +143,16 @@ currently. (Almost) for internal use only.
 Shows all the messages currently in buffer and clears it. If the buffer
 is already empty, nothing happens.
 
+\membersection{wxLog::FlushActive}\label{wxlogflushactive}
+
+\func{static void}{FlushActive}{\void}
+
+Flushes the current log target if any, does nothing if there is none.
+
+See also:
+
+\helpref{Flush}{wxlogflush}
+
 \membersection{wxLog::HasPendingMessages}\label{haspendingmessages}
 
 \constfunc{bool}{HasPendingMessages}{\void}
@@ -169,7 +180,7 @@ Returns whether the verbose mode is currently active.
 Sets the timestamp format prepended by the default log targets to all
 messages. The string may contain any normal characters as well as \%
 prefixed format specificators, see {\it strftime()} manual for details.
-Passing a null value (not empty string) to this function disables message timestamping.
+Passing a NULL value (not empty string) to this function disables message timestamping.
 
 \membersection{wxLog::GetTimestamp}\label{wxloggettimestamp}
 

docs/latex/wx/menu.tex

@@ -635,6 +635,12 @@ Determines whether an item is enabled.
 
 TRUE if the item was found and is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
 
+\membersection{wxMenuBar::Refresh}\label{wxmenubarrefresh}
+
+\func{void}{Refresh}{\void}
+
+Redraw the menu bar
+
 \membersection{wxMenuBar::SetHelpString}\label{wxmenubarsethelpstring}
 
 \func{void}{SetHelpString}{\param{int}{ id}, \param{const wxString\& }{helpString}}

docs/latex/wx/sbsizer.tex

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ box around the sizer. Note that this static box has to be created
 separately.
 
 See also \helpref{wxSizer}{wxsizer}, \helpref{wxStaticBox}{wxstaticbox} and
-  \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer}.
+ \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer}.
 
 \wxheading{Derived from}
 
@@ -26,4 +26,5 @@ as parameters - orient can be either of wxVERTICAL or wxHORIZONTAL.
 
 \func{wxStaticBox*}{GetStaticBox}{\void}
 
-Returns the static box associated with the sizer.
+Returns the static box associated with the sizer.
+

docs/latex/wx/sckaddr.tex

@@ -50,25 +50,6 @@ Default destructor.
 
 Delete all informations about the address.
 
-%
-% Build
-%
-\membersection{wxSockAddress::Build}
-
-\func{void}{Build}{\param{struct sockaddr *\&}{ addr}, \param{size\_t\&}{ len}}
-
-Build a coded socket address.
-
-%
-% Disassemble
-%
-\membersection{wxSockAddress::Disassemble}
-
-\func{void}{Disassemble}{\param{struct sockaddr *}{addr}, \param{size\_t}{ len}}
-
-Decode a socket address. {\bf Actually, you don't have to use this
-function: only wxSocketBase use it.}
-
 %
 % SockAddrLen
 %

docs/latex/wx/scrolbar.tex

@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ functions that take a \helpref{wxScrollEvent}{wxscrollevent} argument:
 \twocolwidtha{7cm}
 \begin{twocollist}
 \twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL(id, func)}}{Catch all scroll commands.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_TOP(id, func)}}{Catch a command to put the scroll thumb at the maximum position.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_BOTTOM(id, func)}}{Catch a command to put the scroll thumb at the maximum position.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LINEUP(id, func)}}{Catch a line up command.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_LINEDOWN(id, func)}}{Catch a line down command.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_PAGEUP(id, func)}}{Catch a page up command.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_PAGEDOWN(id, func)}}{Catch a page down command.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_THUMBTRACK(id, func)}}{Catch a thumbtrack command (continuous movement of the scroll thumb).}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_TOP(id, func)}}{Catch a command to put the scroll thumb at the maximum position.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_BOTTOM(id, func)}}{Catch a command to put the scroll thumb at the maximum position.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_LINEUP(id, func)}}{Catch a line up command.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_LINEDOWN(id, func)}}{Catch a line down command.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_PAGEUP(id, func)}}{Catch a page up command.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_PAGEDOWN(id, func)}}{Catch a page down command.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf EVT\_COMMAND\_SCROLL\_THUMBTRACK(id, func)}}{Catch a thumbtrack command (continuous movement of the scroll thumb).}
 \end{twocollist}%
 
 \wxheading{See also}

docs/latex/wx/sizer.tex

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 \section{\class{wxSizer}}\label{wxsizer}
 
-wxSizer is the abstract base class used for layouting subwindows in a window. You
+wxSizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in a window. You
 cannot use wxSizer directly; instead, you'll have to use \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer}
 or \helpref{wxStaticBoxSizer}{wxstaticboxsizer}.
 
-The layouting algorithm used by sizers in wxWindows closely related to layouting
+The layout algorithm used by sizers in wxWindows closely related to layout
 in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is
 based upon the idea of the individual subwindows reporting their minimal required
 size and their ability to get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed.
 This will most often mean, that the programmer does not set the original size of
-the dialog in the beginning, rather the top-most sizer will get queried and it will 
+the dialog in the beginning, rather the top-most sizer will get queried and it will
 then query its children. Its children can be normal windows or other sizers, so that
 a hierachy of sizer can be constructed. Note that sizer are not derived from wxWindows
 and thus do not interfere with tab ordering and require very little resources compared
@@ -21,13 +21,16 @@ or different window (dialog item) sizes on different platforms without problems.
 the standard font as well as the overall design of Motif widgets requires more space than
 on Windows, the intial dialog size will automatically be bigger on Motif than on Windows.
 
+\pythonnote{If you wish to create a sizer class in wxPython you should
+derive the class from \tt{wxPySizer} in order to get Python-aware
+capabilities for the various virtual methods.}
+
 \wxheading{Derived from}
 
 \helpref{wxObject}{wxobject}
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
 
-
 \membersection{wxSizer::wxSizer}\label{wxsizerwxsizer}
 
 \func{}{wxSizer}{\void}
@@ -43,11 +46,11 @@ The destructor.
 
 \membersection{wxSizer::Add}\label{wxsizeradd}
 
-\func{void}{Add}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Add}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}, \param{int }{option = 0},\param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
-\func{void}{Add}{\param{wxSizer* }{sizer}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Add}{\param{wxSizer* }{sizer}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
-\func{void}{Add}{\param{int }{width}, \param{int }{height}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Add}{\param{int }{width}, \param{int }{height}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
 Adds the {\it window} to the sizer. As wxSizer itself is an abstract class, the parameters
 have no meaning in the wxSizer class itself, but as there currently is only one class
@@ -56,7 +59,7 @@ of the paramters is described here:
 
 \docparam{window}{The window to be added to the sizer. Its initial size (either set explicitly by the
 user or calculated internally when using wxDefaultSize) is interpreted as the minimal and in many
-cases also the initial size. This is particularly useful in connection with \helpref{SetSizeHint}{wxsizersetsizehints}. }
+cases also the initial size. This is particularly useful in connection with \helpref{SetSizeHint}{wxsizersetsizehints}.}
 
 \docparam{sizer}{The (child-)sizer to be added to the sizer. This allows placing a child sizer in a
 sizer and thus to create hierarchies of sizers (typically a vertical box as the top sizer and several
@@ -73,7 +76,7 @@ the dialog.}
 to indicate if a child of a sizer can change its size in the main orientation of the wxBoxSizer - where
 0 stands for not changable and a value of more than zero in interpreted relative to the value of other
 children of the same wxBoxSizer. You might, e.g., have a horizontal wxBoxSizer with three children, two
-of which are supposed to change their size with the sizer, then the two stretchable windows would get a 
+of which are supposed to change their size with the sizer, then the two stretchable windows would get a
 value of 1 each to make them grow and shrink equally with the sizer's vertical dimension.}
 
 \docparam{flag}{This parameter can be used to set a number of flags which can be combined using
@@ -85,18 +88,22 @@ the {\it option} flag - not in the main orientation, but the respectively other
 if you created a wxBoxSizer with the wxVERTICAL option, these flags will be relevant if the
 sizer changes its horizontal size. A child may get resized to completely fill out the new size (using
 either wxGROW or wxEXPAND), may get centered (wxCENTER or wxCENTRE) or may get aligned to either
-side (wxALIGN_LEFT and wxALIGN_TOP are set to 0 and thus represent the default, wxALIGN_RIGHT and
-wxALIGN_BOTTOM have their obvious meaning.}
+side (wxALIGN\_LEFT and wxALIGN\_TOP are set to 0 and thus represent the default, wxALIGN\_RIGHT and
+wxALIGN\_BOTTOM have their obvious meaning.}
 
 \docparam{border}{Determines the border width, if the {\it flag} parameter is set to any border.}
 
+\docparam{userData}{Allows an extra object to be attached to the sizer
+item, for use in derived classes when sizing information is more
+complex than what {\it option} and {\it flag} will allow for.}
+
 \membersection{wxSizer::Prepend}\label{wxsizerprepend}
 
-\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
-\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{wxSizer* }{sizer}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{wxSizer* }{sizer}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
-\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{int }{width}, \param{int }{height}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border = 0}}
+\func{void}{Prepend}{\param{int }{width}, \param{int }{height}, \param{int }{option = 0}, \param{int }{flag = 0}, \param{int }{border= 0}, \param{wxObject* }{userData = NULL}}
 
 Same as \helpref{wxSizer::Add}{wxsizeradd}, but prepends the items to the beginning of the
 list of items (windows, subsizers or spaces) owned by this sizer.
@@ -111,7 +118,7 @@ list of items (windows, subsizers or spaces) owned by this sizer.
 
 Removes a child from the sizer. {\it window} is the window to be removed, {\it sizer} the
 equivalent sizer and {\it nth} is the position of the child in the sizer, typically 0 for
-the first item. This method does not cause any layouting or resizing to take place and does
+the first item. This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place and does
 not delete the window itself. Call \helpref{wxSizer::Layout}{wxsizerlayout} for updating
 the layout "on screen" after removing a child fom the sizer.
 
@@ -178,7 +185,8 @@ of \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer}.
 
 \func{void}{SetSizeHints}{\param{wxWindow* }{window}}
 
-Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the {\it window} to match the sizer's minimal size. 
+Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the {\it window} to match the sizer's minimal size.
 This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself, see sample in the description
 of \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer} if the window is resizable (as many dialogs under Unix and
 frames on probably all platforms).
+

docs/latex/wx/socket.tex

@@ -8,9 +8,31 @@
 
 <wx/socket.h>
 
-\wxheading{See also}
+\wxheading{wxSocket errors}%\label{wxsocketerrs} % Labels don't work on a non-section!
 
-GSocket for wxWindows
+\twocolwidtha{7cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_NOERROR}}{No error happened.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INVOP}}{Invalid operation.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_IOERR}}{Input/Output error.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INVADDR}}{Invalid address passed to wxSocket.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INVSOCK}}{Invalid socket (uninitialized).}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_NOHOST}}{No corresponding host.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INVPORT}}{Invalid port.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_TRYAGAIN}}{The IO call has a timeout or is in non-blocking mode.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_MEMERR}}{Memory exhausted.}
+\end{twocollist}%
+
+\wxheading{wxSocket events}
+
+\twocolwidtha{7cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INPUT}}{Some data are ready to be got.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_OUTPUT}}{The socket is ready to be written to.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_CONNECTION}}{Someone want to connect our server.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_LOST}}{The connection has been broken.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_MAX\_EVENT}}{This should never happen but the compiler may complain about it.}
+\end{twocollist}%
 
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 % Event handling
@@ -78,10 +100,36 @@ Destroys the wxSocketBase object.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::SetNotify}\label{wxsocketbasesetnotify}
 
-\func{void}{SetNotify}{\param{GSocketEventFlags}{ event_flags}}
+\func{void}{SetNotify}{\param{wxSocketEventFlags}{ event_flags}}
 
 SetNotify setups which socket events are to be sent to the event handler.
-For more information on socket events see GSocket events.
+You specify in parameters a mask of wxSocket events. The flags is:
+
+\twocolwidtha{7cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_INPUT\_FLAG}}{to receive wxSOCKET_INPUT}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_OUTPUT\_FLAG}}{to receive wxSOCKET_OUTPUT}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_CONNECTION\_FLAG}}{to receive wxSOCKET_CONNECTION}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOCKET\_LOST\_FLAG}}{to receive wxSOCKET_LOST}
+\end{twocollist}%
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  sock.SetNotify(wxSOCKET\_INPUT\_FLAG | wxSOCKET\_LOST\_FLAG);
+\end{verbatim}
+In this example, the user will be notified about incoming socket datas and
+a broken connection.
+
+For more information on socket events see \helpref{wxSocket events}{wxsocketbase}.
+
+%
+% SetTimeout
+%
+\membersection{wxSocketBase::SetTimeout}{wxsocketbasesettimeout}
+
+\func{void}{SetTimeout}{\param{int }{seconds}}
+
+This function sets the socket timeout in seconds.
 
 %
 % Notify
@@ -136,15 +184,15 @@ Returns TRUE if the socket mustn't wait.
 
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::LastCount}\label{wxsocketbaselastcount}
 
-\constfunc{size\_t}{LastCount}{\void}
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{LastCount}{\void}
 
 Returns the number of bytes read or written by the last IO call.
 
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::LastError}\label{wxsocketbaselasterror}
 
-\constfunc{GSocketError}{LastError}{\void}
+\constfunc{wxSocketError}{LastError}{\void}
 
-Returns an error in the GSocket format. See GSocket errors.
+Returns the last occured wxSocket error. See \helpref{wxSocket errors}{wxsocketbase}.
 
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 % IO calls
@@ -154,7 +202,7 @@ Returns an error in the GSocket format. See GSocket errors.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::Peek}\label{wxsocketbasepeek}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Peek}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Peek}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function peeks a buffer of {\it nbytes} bytes from the socket. Peeking a buffer
 doesn't delete it from the system socket in-queue.
@@ -180,7 +228,7 @@ Returns a reference to the current object.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::Read}\label{wxsocketbaseread}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Read}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Read}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function reads a buffer of {\it nbytes} bytes from the socket.
 
@@ -219,7 +267,7 @@ This remark is also valid for all IO call.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::Write}\label{wxsocketbasewrite}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Write}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Write}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function writes a buffer of {\it nbytes} bytes from the socket.
 
@@ -256,7 +304,7 @@ Returns a reference to the current object.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::WriteMsg}\label{wxsocketbasewritemsg}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{WriteMsg}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{WriteMsg}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function writes a buffer of {\it nbytes} bytes from the socket. But it
 writes a short header before so that ReadMsg can alloc the right size for
@@ -284,7 +332,7 @@ Returns a reference to the current object.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::ReadMsg}\label{wxsocketbasereadmsg}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{ReadMsg}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{ReadMsg}{\param{char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function reads a buffer sent by WriteMsg on a socket. If the buffer passed
 to the function isn't big enough, the function filled it and then discard the
@@ -312,7 +360,7 @@ Returns a reference to the current object.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::Unread}\label{wxsocketbaseunread}
 
-\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Unread}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{size\_t}{ nbytes}}
+\func{wxSocketBase\&}{Unread}{\param{const char *}{ buffer}, \param{wxUint32}{ nbytes}}
 
 This function unreads a buffer. It means that the buffer is put in the top
 of the incoming queue. But, it is put also at the end of all unread buffers.
@@ -349,7 +397,7 @@ doesn't wait.
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::Wait}\label{wxsocketbasewait}
 
-\func{bool}{Wait}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ microsecond = 0}}
+\func{bool}{Wait}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ millisecond = 0}}
 
 This function waits for an event: it could be an incoming byte, the possibility
 for the client to write, a lost connection, an incoming connection, an
@@ -359,7 +407,7 @@ established connection.
 
 \docparam{seconds}{Number of seconds to wait. By default, it waits infinitely.}
 
-\docparam{microsecond}{Number of microseconds to wait.}
+\docparam{millisecond}{Number of milliseconds to wait.}
 
 \wxheading{Return value}
 
@@ -376,7 +424,7 @@ Returns TRUE if an event occured, FALSE if the timeout was reached.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::WaitForRead}\label{wxsocketbasewaitforread}
 
-\func{bool}{WaitForRead}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ microsecond = 0}}
+\func{bool}{WaitForRead}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ millisecond = 0}}
 
 This function waits for a read event.
 
@@ -384,7 +432,7 @@ This function waits for a read event.
 
 \docparam{seconds}{Number of seconds to wait. By default, it waits infinitely.}
 
-\docparam{microsecond}{Number of microseconds to wait.}
+\docparam{millisecond}{Number of milliseconds to wait.}
 
 \wxheading{Return value}
 
@@ -401,7 +449,7 @@ Returns TRUE if a byte arrived, FALSE if the timeout was reached.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::WaitForWrite}\label{wxsocketbasewaitforwrite}
 
-\func{bool}{WaitForWrite}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ microsecond = 0}}
+\func{bool}{WaitForWrite}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ millisecond = 0}}
 
 This function waits for a write event.
 
@@ -409,7 +457,7 @@ This function waits for a write event.
 
 \docparam{seconds}{Number of seconds to wait. By default, it waits infinitely.}
 
-\docparam{microsecond}{Number of microseconds to wait.}
+\docparam{millisecond}{Number of milliseconds to wait.}
 
 \wxheading{Return value}
 
@@ -426,7 +474,7 @@ Returns TRUE if a write event occured, FALSE if the timeout was reached.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketBase::WaitForLost}\label{wxsocketbasewaitforlost}
 
-\func{bool}{Wait}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ microsecond = 0}}
+\func{bool}{Wait}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ millisecond = 0}}
 
 This function waits for a "lost" event. For instance, the peer may have closed
 the connection, or the connection may have been broken.
@@ -435,7 +483,7 @@ the connection, or the connection may have been broken.
 
 \docparam{seconds}{Number of seconds to wait. By default, it waits infinitely.}
 
-\docparam{microsecond}{Number of microseconds to wait.}
+\docparam{millisecond}{Number of milliseconds to wait.}
 
 \wxheading{Return value}
 
@@ -454,7 +502,8 @@ Returns TRUE if a "lost" event occured, FALSE if the timeout was reached.
 
 \func{void}{RestoreState}{\void}
 
-This function restores a previously saved state.
+This function restores the previous state of the socket (include flags,
+notify flags, notify state, C callback function and data).
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
@@ -477,6 +526,36 @@ actually it saves all flags and the state of the asynchronous callbacks.
 
 \helpref{wxSocketBase::RestoreState}{wxsocketbaserestorestate}
 
+%
+% GetLocal
+%
+\membersection{wxSocketBase::GetLocal}{wxsocketbasegetlocal}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetLocal}{\param{wxSockAddress\& }{addr_man}}
+
+This function returns the local address field of the socket. The local
+address field contains the complete local address of the socket (local
+address, local port, ...).
+
+\wxheading{Return value}
+
+It returns TRUE if no errors happened, FALSE otherwise.
+
+%
+% GetPeer
+%
+\membersection{wxSocketBase::GetPeer}{wxsocketbasegetlocal}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetPeer}{\param{wxSockAddress\& }{addr_man}}
+
+This function returns the peer address field of the socket. The peer 
+address field contains the complete peer host address of the socket
+(address, port, ...).
+
+\wxheading{Return value}
+
+It returns TRUE if no errors happened, FALSE otherwise.
+
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 % Socket callbacks
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -494,7 +573,43 @@ Sets an event handler to be called when a socket event occured.
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
+\helpref{wxSocketBase::SetNotify}{wxsocketbasesetnotify}
+\helpref{wxSocketBase::Notify}{wxsocketbasenotify}
 \helpref{wxSocketEvent}{wxsocketevent}
+\helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}
+
+\membersection{wxSocketBase::Callback}\label{wxsocketbasecallback}
+
+\func{wxSocketBase::wxSockCbk}{Callback}{\param{wxSocketBase::wxSockCbk}{ callback}}
+
+wxSocket event handler can call C callback. This function allows you to set it.
+The format of the callback is as followed:
+\begin{verbatim}
+void SocketCallback(wxSocketBase& sock,wxSocketNotify evt,char *cdata);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The first parameter reminds you of the caller socket. The second parameter
+informs you about the current event (See \helpref{wxSocket events}{wxsocketbase}).
+The third parameters is the client data you specified using \helpref{CallbackData}{wxsocketcallbackdata}.
+
+\wxheading{Return value}
+
+It returns the previous callback.
+
+\wxheading{See also}
+
+\helpref{wxSocketBase::SetNotify}{wxsocketbasesetnotify}
+\helpref{wxSocketBase::Notify}{wxsocketbasenotify}
+
+\membersection{wxSocketBase::CallbackData}\label{wxsocketcallbackdata}
+
+\func{char *}{CallbackData}{\param{char *}{cdata}}
+
+This function sets the the client data which will be passed to a \helpref{C callback}{wxsocketbasecallback}.
+
+\wxheading{Return value}
+
+This function returns the old value of the client data pointer.
 
 % ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 % CLASS wxSocketClient
@@ -563,7 +678,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the connection is established and no error occurs.
 %
 \membersection{wxSocketClient::WaitOnConnect}\label{wxsocketclientwaitonconnect}
 
-\func{bool}{WaitOnConnect}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ microseconds = 0}}
+\func{bool}{WaitOnConnect}{\param{long}{ seconds = -1}, \param{long}{ milliseconds = 0}}
 
 Wait for a "connect" event.
 
@@ -612,7 +727,7 @@ Constructor.
 
 \membersection{wxSocketEvent::SocketEvent}\label{wxsocketeventsocketevent}
 
-\constfunc{GSocketEvent}{SocketEvent}{\void}
+\constfunc{wxSocketNotify}{SocketEvent}{\void}
 
 Returns the socket event type.
 

docs/latex/wx/tbitmap.tex

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ XPM icon file to be available at run-time.
 #endif
 \end{verbatim}
 
-A macro, wxICON, is available which creates an icon using an XPM
+A macro, \helpref{wxICON}{wxicon}, is available which creates an icon using an XPM
 on the appropriate platform, or an icon resource on Windows.
 
 \begin{verbatim}
@@ -47,6 +47,30 @@ wxIcon icon("mondrian");
 #endif
 \end{verbatim}
 
+There is also a corresponding \helpref{wxBITMAP}{wxbitmap} macro which allows
+to create the bitmaps in much the same way as \helpref{wxICON}{wxicon} creates
+icons. It assumes that bitmaps live in resources under Windows or OS2 and XPM
+files under all other platforms (for XPMs, the corresponding file must be
+included before this macro is used, of course, and the name of the bitmap
+should be the same as the resource name under Windows with {\tt \_xpm}
+suffix). For example:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+// an easy and portable way to create a bitmap
+wxBitmap bmp(wxBITMAP(bmpname));
+
+// which is roughly equivalent to the following
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
+    wxBitmap bmp("bmpname", wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE);
+#else // Unix
+    wxBitmap bmp(bmpname_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM);
+#endif
+\end{verbatim}
+
+You should always use wxICON and wxBITMAP macros because they work for any
+platform (unlike the code above which doesn't deal with wxMac, wxBe, ...) and
+are more short and clear than versions with {\tt #ifdef}s.
+
 \subsection{Supported bitmap file formats}\label{supportedbitmapformats}
 
 The following lists the formats handled on different platforms. Note

docs/latex/wx/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ combineSubSections = yes
 ;;
 ;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
 ;;
-;htmlWorkshopFiles = true
-;htmlIndex = true
+htmlWorkshopFiles = true
+htmlIndex = true
 
 ;\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
 ;\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ combineSubSections = yes
 \constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
 \windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
 \bftt [1] {\bf{\tt{#1}}}
-\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}}\\ #1}
+\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
 %\pythonnote [1] {}
 
 

docs/latex/wx/topics.tex

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ This chapter contains a selection of topic overviews.
 \input tcontain.tex
 \input tlog.tex
 \input tconfig.tex
+\input tunicode.tex
 \input tbitmap.tex
 \input tdialog.tex
 \input tfont.tex

docs/latex/wx/treectrl.tex

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ EVT\_TREE\_BEGIN\_LABEL\_EDIT event which can be vetoed so that no
 text control will appear for in-place editing.
 
 If the user changed the label (i.e. s/he does not press ESC or leave
-the text control without changes, a EVT\_TREE\_END\_LABEL\_EDIT event 
+the text control without changes, a EVT\_TREE\_END\_LABEL\_EDIT event
 will be sent which can be vetoed as well.
 
 \wxheading{See also}
@@ -203,6 +203,10 @@ The return value is TRUE if the rectangle was successfully retrieved or FALSE
 if it was not (in this case {\it rect} is not changed) - for example, if the
 item is currently invisible.
 
+\pythonnote{The wxPython version of this method requires only the
+\tt{item} and \tt{textOnly} parameters.  The return value is either a
+\tt{wxRect} object or \tt{None}.}
+
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::GetChildrenCount}\label{wxtreectrlgetchildrencount}
 
 \constfunc{size\_t}{GetChildrenCount}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\&}{ item}, \param{bool}{ recursively = TRUE}}
@@ -287,9 +291,20 @@ associated with the wxTreeItemData for the given item Id.}
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::GetItemImage}\label{wxtreectrlgetitemimage}
 
-\constfunc{int}{GetItemImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\& }{item}}
+\constfunc{int}{GetItemImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\& }{item},
+\param{wxTreeItemIcon }{which = wxTreeItemIcon\_Normal}}
 
-Gets the normal item image.
+Gets the specified item image. The value of {\it which} may be:
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item{wxTreeItemIcon\_Normal} to get the normal item image
+\item{wxTreeItemIcon\_Selected} to get the selected item image (i.e. the image
+which is shown when the item is currently selected)
+\item{wxTreeItemIcon\_Expanded} to get the expanded image (this only
+makes sense for items which have children - then this image is shown when the
+item is expanded and the normal image is shown when it is collapsed)
+\item{wxTreeItemIcon\_SelectedExpanded} to get the selected expanded image
+(which is shown when an expanded item is currently selected)
+\end{itemize}
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::GetItemText}\label{wxtreectrlgetitemtext}
 
@@ -381,14 +396,15 @@ Returns the root item for the tree control.
 
 \constfunc{int}{GetItemSelectedImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\& }{item}}
 
-Gets the selected item image.
+Gets the selected item image (this function is obsolete, use
+{\tt GetItemImage(item, wxTreeItemIcon\_Selected} instead).
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::GetSelection}\label{wxtreectrlgetselection}
 
 \constfunc{wxTreeItemId}{GetSelection}{\void}
 
 Returns the selection, or an invalid item if there is no selection.
-This function only works with the controls without wxTR\_MULTIPLE style, use 
+This function only works with the controls without wxTR\_MULTIPLE style, use
 \helpref{GetSelections}{wxtreectrlgetselections} for the controls which do have
 this style.
 
@@ -401,6 +417,9 @@ function can be called only if the control has the wxTR\_MULTIPLE style.
 
 Returns the number of selected items.
 
+\pythonnote{The wxPython version of this method accepts no parameters
+and returns a Python list of \tt{wxTreeItemId}'s.}
+
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::HitTest}\label{wxtreectrlhittest}
 
 \func{long}{HitTest}{\param{const wxPoint\& }{point}, \param{int\& }{flags}}
@@ -546,15 +565,19 @@ usage and loading time.
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::SetItemImage}\label{wxtreectrlsetitemimage}
 
-\func{void}{SetItemImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\&}{ item}, \param{int }{image}}
+\func{void}{SetItemImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\&}{ item},
+\param{int }{image},
+\param{wxTreeItemIcon }{which = wxTreeItemIcon\_Normal}}
 
-Sets the normal item image. This is an index into the assciated image list.
+Sets the specified item image. See \helpref{GetItemImage}{wxtreectrlgetitemimage}
+for the description of {\it which} parameter.
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::SetItemSelectedImage}\label{wxtreectrlsetitemselectedimage}
 
 \func{void}{SetItemSelectedImage}{\param{const wxTreeItemId\&}{ item}, \param{int }{selImage}}
 
-Sets the item selected image. This is an index into the assciated image list.
+Sets the selected item image (this function is obsolete, use
+{\tt SetItemImage(item, wxTreeItemIcon\_Selected} instead).
 
 \membersection{wxTreeCtrl::SetItemText}\label{wxtreectrlsetitemtext}
 
@@ -591,7 +614,7 @@ Removes the selection from the currently selected item (if any).
 
 \func{void}{UnselectAll}{\void}
 
-This function either behaves the same as \helpref{Unselect}{wxtreectrlunselect} 
+This function either behaves the same as \helpref{Unselect}{wxtreectrlunselect}
 if the control doesn't have wxTR\_MULTIPLE style, or removes the selection from
 all items if it does have this style.
 

docs/latex/wx/treeevt.tex

@@ -75,3 +75,4 @@ The key code if the event was is a key event.
 \constfunc{const wxString&}{GetLabel}{}
 
 Returns the label if the event was a begin or end edit label event.
+

docs/latex/wx/tunicode.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Name:        tunicode.tex
+%% Purpose:     Overview of the Unicode support in wxWindows
+%% Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+%% Modified by:
+%% Created:     22.09.99
+%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
+%% Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+%% Licence:     wxWindows license
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Unicode support in wxWindows}\label{unicode}
+
+This section briefly describes the state of the Unicode support in wxWindows.
+Read it if you want to know more about how to write programs able to work with
+characters from languages other than English.
+
+\subsection{What is Unicode?}
+
+Starting with release 2.1 wxWindows has support for compiling in Unicode mode
+on the platforms which support it. Unicode is a standard for character
+encoding which addreses the shortcomings of the previous, 8 bit standards, by
+using 16 bit for encoding each character. This allows to have 65536 characters
+instead of the usual 256 and is sufficient to encode all of the world
+languages at once. More details about Unicode may be found at {\tt www.unicode.org}.
+
+% TODO expand on it, say that Unicode extends ASCII, mention ISO8859, ...
+
+As this solution is obviously preferable to the previous ones (think of
+incompatible encodings for the same language, locale chaos and so on), many
+modern ooperating systems support it. The probably first example is Windows NT
+which uses only Unicode internally since its very first version.
+
+Writing internationalized programs is much easier with Unicode and, as the
+support for it improves, it should become more and more so. Moreover, in the
+Windows NT/2000 case, even the program which uses only standard ASCII can profit
+from using Unicode because they will work more efficiently - there will be no
+need for the system to convert all strings hte program uses to/from Unicode
+each time a system call is made.
+
+\subsection{Unicode and ANSI modes}
+
+As not all platforms supported by wxWindows support Unicode (fully) yet, in
+many cases it is unwise to write a program which can only work in Unicode
+environment. A better solution is to write programs in such way that they may
+be compiled either in ANSI (traditional) mode or in the Unicode one.
+
+This can be achieved quite simply by using the means provided by wxWindows.
+Basicly, there are only a few things to watch out for:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Character type ({\tt char} or {\tt wchar\_t})
+\item Literal strings (i.e. {\tt "Hello, world!"} or {\tt '*'})
+\item String functions ({\tt strlen()}, {\tt strcpy()}, ...)
+\end{itemize}
+
+Let's look at them in order. First of all, each character in an Unicode
+program takes 2 bytes instead of usual one, so another type should be used to
+store the characters ({\tt char} only holds 1 byte usually). This type is
+called {\tt wchar\_t} which stands for {\it wide-character type}.
+
+Also, the string and character constants should be encoded on 2 bytes instead
+of one. This is achieved by using the standard C (and C++) way: just put the
+letter {\tt 'L'} after any string constant and it becomes a {\it long}
+constant, i.e. a wide character one. To make things a bit more readable, you
+are also allowed to prefix the constant with {\tt 'L'} instead of putting it
+after it.
+
+Finally, the standard C functions don't work with {\tt wchar\_t} strings, so
+another set of functions exists which do the same thing but accept 
+{\tt wchar\_t *} instead of {\tt char *}. For example, a function to get the
+length of a wide-character string is called {\tt wcslen()} (compare with 
+{\tt strlen()} - you see that the only difference is that the "str" prefix
+standing for "string" has been replaced with "wcs" standing for
+"wide-character string").
+
+To summarize, here is a brief example of how a program which can be compiled
+in both ANSI and Unicode modes could look like:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+#ifdef __UNICODE__
+    wchar_t wch = L'*';
+    const wchar_t *ws = L"Hello, world!";
+    int len = wcslen(ws);
+#else // ANSI
+    char ch = '*';
+    const char *s = "Hello, world!";
+    int len = strlen(s);
+#endif // Unicode/ANSI
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Of course, it would be nearly impossibly to write such programs if it had to
+be done this way (try to imagine the number of {\tt #ifdef UNICODE} an average
+program would have had!). Luckily, there is another way - see the next
+section.
+
+\subsection{Unicode support in wxWindows}
+
+In wxWindows, the code fragment froim above should be written instead:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+    wxChar ch = T('*');
+    wxString s = T("Hello, world!");
+    int len = s.Len();
+\end{verbatim}
+
+What happens here? First of all, you see that there are no more {\tt #ifdef}s
+at all. Instead, we define some types and macros which behave differently in
+the Unicode and ANSI builds and allows us to avoid using conditional
+compilation in the program itself.
+
+We have a {\tt wxChar} type which maps either on {\tt char} or {\tt wchar\_t} 
+depending on the mode in which program is being compiled. There is no need for
+a separate type for strings though, because the standard 
+\helpref{wxString}{wxstring} supports Unicode, i.e. it stores iether ANSI or
+Unicode strings depending on the mode.
+
+Finally, there is a special {\tt T()} macro which should enclose all literal
+strings in the program. As it's easy to see comparing the last fragment with
+the one above, this macro expands to nothing in the (usual) ANSI mode and
+prefixes {\tt 'L'} to its argument in the Unicode mode.
+
+The important conclusion is that if you use {\tt wxChar} instead of 
+{\tt char}, avoid using C style strings and use {\tt wxString} instead and
+don't forget to enclose all string literals inside {\tt T()} macro, your
+program automatically becomes (almost) Unicode compliant!
+
+Just let us state once again the rules:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Always use {\tt wxChar} instead of {\tt char}
+\item Always enclose literal string constants in {\tt T()} macro unless
+they're already converted to the right representation (another standard
+wxWindows macro {\tt \_()} does it, so there is no need for {\tt T()} in this
+case) or you intend to pass the constant directly to an external function
+which doesn't accept wide-character strings.
+\item Use {\tt wxString} instead of C style strings.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Unicode and the outside world}
+
+We have seen that it was easy to write Unicode programs using wxWindows types
+and macros, but it has been also mentioned that it isn't quite enough.
+Although everything works fine inside the program, things can get nasty when
+it tries to communicate with the outside world which, sadly, often expects
+ANSI strings (a notable exception is the entire Win32 API which accepts either
+Unicode or ANSI strings and which thus makes it unnecessary to ever perform
+any convertions in the program).
+
+To get a ANSI string from a wxString, you may use 
+\helpref{mb\_str()}{wxstringmbstr} function which always returns an ANSI
+string (independently of the mode - while the usual 
+\helpref{c\_str()}{wxstringcstr} returns a pointer to the internal
+representation which is either ASCII or Unicode). More rarely used, but still
+useful, is \helpref{wc\_str()}{wxstringwcstr} function which always returns
+the Unicode string.
+
+% TODO describe fn_str(), wx_str(), wxCharBuf classes, ...

docs/latex/wx/valgen.tex

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ For more information, please see \helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
-\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}, 
+\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator},
 \helpref{wxTextValidator}{wxtextvalidator}
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ Clones the generic validator using the copy constructor.
 
 \membersection{wxGenericValidator::TransferFromWindow}\label{wxgenericvalidatortransferfromwindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{}
 
 Transfers the value to the window.
 
 \membersection{wxGenericValidator::TransferToWindow}\label{wxgenericvalidatortransfertowindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{}
 
 Transfers the window value to the appropriate data type.
 

docs/latex/wx/validatr.tex

@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ To specify a default, `null' validator, use the symbol {\bf wxDefaultValidator}.
 
 For more information, please see \helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}.
 
+\pythonnote{If you wish to create a validator class in wxPython you should
+derive the class from \tt{wxPyValidator} in order to get Python-aware
+capabilities for the various virtual methods.}
+
 \wxheading{Derived from}
 
 \helpref{wxEvtHandler}{wxevthandler}\\
@@ -29,9 +33,9 @@ For more information, please see \helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
-\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}, 
+\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview},
 \helpref{wxTextValidator}{wxtextvalidator},
-\helpref{wxTextValidator}{wxgenericvalidator},
+\helpref{wxGenericValidator}{wxgenericvalidator},
 
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
@@ -82,14 +86,14 @@ Associates a window with the validator.
 
 \membersection{wxValidator::TransferFromWindow}\label{wxvalidatortransferfromwindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{}
 
 This overridable function is called when the value in the window must be
 transferred to the validator. Return FALSE if there is a problem.
 
 \membersection{wxValidator::TransferToWindow}\label{wxvalidatortransfertowindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{}
 
 This overridable function is called when the value associated with the validator must be
 transferred to the window. Return FALSE if there is a problem.

docs/latex/wx/valtext.tex

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ For more information, please see \helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}
 
 \wxheading{See also}
 
-\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}, 
+\helpref{Validator overview}{validatoroverview}, \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator},
 \helpref{wxGenericValidator}{wxgenericvalidator}
 
 \latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
@@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ Sets the validator style.
 
 \membersection{wxTextValidator::TransferFromWindow}\label{wxtextvalidatortransferfromwindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferFromWindow}{}
 
 Transfers the string value to the window.
 
 \membersection{wxTextValidator::TransferToWindow}\label{wxtextvalidatortransfertowindow}
 
-\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{\param{wxWindow*}{ parent}}
+\func{virtual bool}{TransferToWindow}{}
 
 Transfers the window value to the string.
 

docs/latex/wx/wxPython.tex

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ wxPython is a blending of the wxWindows GUI classes and the
 \wxheading{Python}
 
 So what is Python?  Go to
-\urlref{http://www.python.org}{http://www.python.org}
-to learn more, but in a nutshell Python is an interpreted,
+\urlref{http://www.python.org}{http://www.python.org} to learn more,
+but in a nutshell Python is an interpreted,
 interactive, object-oriented programming language. It is often
 compared to Tcl, Perl, Scheme or Java.
 
@@ -33,23 +33,22 @@ commercial use.
 
 wxPython is a Python package that can be imported at runtime that
 includes a collection of Python modules and an extension module
-(native code).  It provides a series of Python classes that mirror (or
-shadow) many of the wxWindows GUI classes.  This extension module
+(native code). It provides a series of Python classes that mirror (or
+shadow) many of the wxWindows GUI classes. This extension module
 attempts to mirror the class heiarchy of wxWindows as closely as
 possble. This means that there is a wxFrame class in wxPython that
 looks, smells, tastes and acts almost the same as the wxFrame class in
 the C++ version.
 
-wxPython is very versitile.  It can be used to create standalone GUI
+wxPython is very versitile. It can be used to create standalone GUI
 applications, or in situations where Python is embedded in a C++
 application as an internal scripting or macro language.
 
 Currently wxPython is available for Win32 platforms and the GTK
-toolkit (wxGTK) on most Unix/X-windows platforms.  The effort to
-enable wxPython for wxMotif will begin shortly.  See \helpref{Building Python}{wxpbuild} for
+toolkit (wxGTK) on most Unix/X-windows platforms. The effort to
+enable wxPython for wxMotif will begin shortly. See \helpref{Building Python}{wxpbuild} for
 details about getting wxPython working for you.
 
-
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
 \section{Why use wxPython?}\label{wxpwhy}
 
@@ -60,11 +59,11 @@ then I ususally code it as an extension module and leave the majority
 of the program in Python.
 
 Another good thing to use wxPython for is quick prototyping of your
-wxWindows apps.  With C++ you have to continuously go though the
-edit-compile-link-run cycle, which can be quite time comsuming.  With
-Python it is only an edit-run cycle.  You can easily build an
+wxWindows apps. With C++ you have to continuously go though the
+edit-compile-link-run cycle, which can be quite time consuming. With
+Python it is only an edit-run cycle. You can easily build an
 application in a few hours with Python that would normally take a few
-days or longer with C++.  Converting a wxPython app to a C++/wxWindows app
+days or longer with C++. Converting a wxPython app to a C++/wxWindows app
 should be a straight forward task.
 
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -74,48 +73,47 @@ There are other GUI solutions out there for Python.
 
 \wxheading{Tkinter}
 
-Tkinter is the defacto standard GUI for Python.  It is available
-on nearly every platform that Python and Tcl/TK are.  Why Tcl/Tk?
+Tkinter is the defacto standard GUI for Python. It is available
+on nearly every platform that Python and Tcl/TK are. Why Tcl/Tk?
 Well because Tkinter is just a wrapper around Tcl's GUI toolkit, Tk.
 This has its upsides and its downsides...
 
-The upside is that Tk is a pretty veristile toolkit.  It can be made
-to do a lot of things in a lot of different environments.  It is fairly
+The upside is that Tk is a pretty versatile toolkit. It can be made
+to do a lot of things in a lot of different environments. It is fairly
 easy to create new widgets and use them interchangably in your
 programs.
 
-The downside is Tcl.  When using Tkinter you actually have two
+The downside is Tcl. When using Tkinter you actually have two
 separate language interpreters running, the Python interpreter and the
-Tcl interpreter for the GUI.  Since the guts of Tcl is mostly about
-string processing, it is fairly slow as well.  (Not too bad on a fast
+Tcl interpreter for the GUI. Since the guts of Tcl is mostly about
+string processing, it is fairly slow as well. (Not too bad on a fast
 Pentium II, but you really notice the difference on slower machines.)
 
 It wasn't until the lastest version of Tcl/Tk that native Look and
-Feel's were possible on non-Motif platforms.  This is because Tk
-usually implements it's own widgets (controls) even when there are
+Feel was possible on non-Motif platforms. This is because Tk
+usually implements its own widgets (controls) even when there are
 native controls available.
 
-Tkinter is a pretty low-level toolkit.  You have to do a lot of work
+Tkinter is a pretty low-level toolkit. You have to do a lot of work
 (verbose program code) to do things that would be much simpler with a higher
 level of abstraction.
 
 \wxheading{PythonWin}
 
-PythonWin is an add-on package for Python for the Win32 platform.  It
-includes wrappers for MFC as well as much of the win32 API.  Because
+PythonWin is an add-on package for Python for the Win32 platform. It
+includes wrappers for MFC as well as much of the Win32 API. Because
 of its foundation, it is very familiar for programmers who have
-experience with MFC and the Win32 API.  It is obviously not compatible
-with other platforms and toolkits.  PythonWin is organized as separate
+experience with MFC and the Win32 API. It is obviously not compatible
+with other platforms and toolkits. PythonWin is organized as separate
 packages and modules so you can use the pieces you need without having
 to use the GUI portions.
 
 \wxheading{Others}
 
 There are quite a few other GUI modules available for Python, some in
-active use, some that havn't been updated for ages.  Most are simple
+active use, some that havn't been updated for ages. Most are simple
 wrappers around some C or C++ toolkit or another, and most are not
-cross-platform compatible.  See \urlref{this
-link}{http://www.python.org/download/Contributed.html\#Graphics}
+cross-platform compatible. See \urlref{this link}{http://www.python.org/download/Contributed.html\#Graphics}
 for a listing of a few of them.
 
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -123,27 +121,27 @@ for a listing of a few of them.
 
 I used SWIG (\urlref{http://www.swig.org}{http://www.swig.org}) to
 to create the source code for the
-extension module.  This enabled me to only have to deal with a small
+extension module. This enabled me to only have to deal with a small
 amount of code and only have to bother with the exceptional issues.
 SWIG takes care of the rest and generates all the repetative code for
-me.  You don't need SWIG to build the extension module as all the
+me. You don't need SWIG to build the extension module as all the
 generated C++ code is included under the src directory.
 
 I added a few minor features to SWIG to control some of the code
-generation.  If you want to play around with this you will need to get
-a recent version of SWIG from their CVS or from a daily build.  See
+generation. If you want to play around with this you will need to get
+a recent version of SWIG from their CVS or from a daily build. See
 \urlref{http://www.swig.org/}{http://www.swig.org/} for details.
 
-wxPython is organized as a Python package.  This means that the
+wxPython is organized as a Python package. This means that the
 directory containing the results of the build process should be a
-subdirectory of a directory on the \tt{PYTHONPATH}.  (And preferably should
-be named wxPython.)  You can control where the build process will dump
-wxPython by setting the \tt{TARGETDIR} variable for the build utility, (see
-below.)
+subdirectory of a directory on the \tt{PYTHONPATH}. (And preferably should
+be named wxPython.) You can control where the build process will dump
+wxPython by setting the \tt{TARGETDIR} variable for the build utility (see
+below).
 
 \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Build wxWindows as described in its BuildCVS.txt file.  For *nix
-   systems I run configure with these flags:
+\item Build wxWindows as described in its BuildCVS.txt file. For Unix
+systems I run configure with these flags:
 
 \begin{verbatim}
                 --with-gtk
@@ -157,63 +155,57 @@ below.)
                 --disable-std_iostreams
 \end{verbatim}
 
-   You can use whatever flags you want, but I know these work.
+You can use whatever flags you want, but I know these work.
 
-   For Win32 systems I use Visual C++ 6.0, but 5.0 should work also.  The
-   build utility currently does not support any other win32 compilers.
+For Win32 systems I use Visual C++ 6.0, but 5.0 should work also. The
+build utility currently does not support any other Win32 compilers.
 
 \item At this point you may want to make an alias or symlink, script,
-   batch file, whatever on the PATH that invokes
-   \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/distrib/build.py} to help simplify matters
-   somewhat.  For example, on my win32 system I have a file named
-   \tt{build}.bat in a directory on the PATH that contains:
-
-   \tt{python \%WXWIN/utils/wxPython/distrib/build.py \%1 \%2 \%3 \%4 \%5 \%6}
+batch file, whatever on the PATH that invokes \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/distrib/build.py} to
+help simplify matters somewhat. For example, on my Win32 system I have a file named
+ \tt{build}.bat in a directory on the PATH that contains:
 
+\tt{python \%WXWIN/utils/wxPython/distrib/build.py \%1 \%2 \%3 \%4 \%5 \%6}
 
 \item Change into the \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/src} directory.
 
 \item Type "\tt{build -b}" to build wxPython and "\tt{build -i}" to
-install it, or \"\tt{build -bi}\" to do both steps at once.
+install it, or "\tt{build -bi}" to do both steps at once.
 
-   The build.py script actually generates a Makefile based on what it
-   finds on your system and information found in the build.cfg file.
-   If you have troubles building or you want it built or installed in
-   a different way, take a look at the docstring in build.py.  You are
-   able to to override many configuration options in a file named
-   build.local.
+The build.py script actually generates a Makefile based on what it
+finds on your system and information found in the build.cfg file.
+If you have troubles building or you want it built or installed in
+a different way, take a look at the docstring in build.py. You are
+able to to override many configuration options in a file named
+build.local.
 
 \item To build and install the add-on modules, change to the appropriate
-   directory under \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/modules} and run the build
-   utility again.
+directory under \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/modules} and run the build
+utility again.
 
 \item Change to the \tt{\$(WXWIN)/utils/wxPython/demo} directory.
 
-\item Try executing the demo program.  For example:
+\item Try executing the demo program. For example:
 
-    \tt{python demo.py}
+\tt{python demo.py}
 
-To run it without requiring a console on win32, you can use the
+To run it without requiring a console on Win32, you can use the
 \tt{pythonw.exe} version of Python either from the command line or from a
 shortcut.
-
-
-
 \end{enumerate}
 
-
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
 \section{Using wxPython}\label{wxpusing}
 
 \wxheading{First things first...}
 
-I'm not going to try and teach the Python language here.  You can do
+I'm not going to try and teach the Python language here. You can do
 that at the \urlref{Python Tutorial}{http://www.python.org/doc/tut/tut.html}.
 I'm also going to assume that you know a bit about wxWindows already,
 enough to notice the similarities in the classes used.
 
-Take a look at the following wxPython program.  You can find a similar
-program in the \tt{wxPython/demo} directory, named \tt{DialogUnits.py}.  If your
+Take a look at the following wxPython program. You can find a similar
+program in the \tt{wxPython/demo} directory, named \tt{DialogUnits.py}. If your
 Python and wxPython are properly installed, you should be able to run
 it by issuing this command:
 
@@ -305,48 +297,54 @@ it by issuing this command:
 
 \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
 \item At line 2 the wxPython classes, constants, and etc. are imported
-into the current module's namespace.  If you prefer to reduce
+into the current module's namespace. If you prefer to reduce
 namespace pollution you can use "\tt{from wxPython import wx}" and
 then access all the wxPython identifiers through the wx module, for
 example, "\tt{wx.wxFrame}".
+
 \item At line 13 the frame's sizing and moving events are connected to
-methods of the class.  These helper functions are intended to be like
-the event table macros that wxWindows employs.  But since static event
+methods of the class. These helper functions are intended to be like
+the event table macros that wxWindows employs. But since static event
 tables are impossible with wxPython, we use helpers that are named the
-same to dynamically build the table.  The only real difference is
+same to dynamically build the table. The only real difference is
 that the first arguemnt to the event helpers is always the window that
 the event table entry should be added to.
+
 \item Notice the use of \tt{wxDLG\_PNT} and \tt{wxDLG\_SZE} in lines 19
-- 29 to convert from dialog units to pixels.  These helpers are unique
+- 29 to convert from dialog units to pixels. These helpers are unique
 to wxPython since Python can't do method overloading like C++.
+
 \item There is an \tt{OnCloseWindow} method at line 34 but no call to
-EVT\_CLOSE to attach the event to the method.  Does it really get
-called?  The answer is, yes it does.  This is because many of the
+EVT\_CLOSE to attach the event to the method. Does it really get
+called?  The answer is, yes it does. This is because many of the
 \em{standard} events are attached to windows that have the associated
-\em{standard} method names.  I have tried to follow the lead of the
+\em{standard} method names. I have tried to follow the lead of the
 C++ classes in this area to determine what is \em{standard} but since
 that changes from time to time I can make no guarentees, nor will it
-be fully documented.  When in doubt, use an EVT\_*** function.
+be fully documented. When in doubt, use an EVT\_*** function.
+
 \item At lines 17 to 21 notice that there are no saved references to
-the panel or the static text items that are created.  Those of you
+the panel or the static text items that are created. Those of you
 who know Python might be wondering what happens when Python deletes
-these objects when they go out of scope.  Do they disappear from the GUI?  They
-don't.  Remember that in wxPython the Python objects are just shadows of the
-coresponding C++ objects.  Once the C++ windows and controls are
+these objects when they go out of scope. Do they disappear from the GUI?  They
+don't. Remember that in wxPython the Python objects are just shadows of the
+coresponding C++ objects. Once the C++ windows and controls are
 attached to their parents, the parents manage them and delete them
-when necessary.  For this reason, most wxPython objects do not need to
+when necessary. For this reason, most wxPython objects do not need to
 have a \_\_del\_\_ method that explicitly causes the C++ object to be
-deleted.  If you ever have the need to forcibly delete a window, use
+deleted. If you ever have the need to forcibly delete a window, use
 the Destroy() method as shown on line 36.
+
 \item Just like wxWindows in C++, wxPython apps need to create a class
 derived from \tt{wxApp} (line 56) that implements a method named
 \tt{OnInit}, (line 59.) This method should create the application's
 main window (line 62) and use \tt{wxApp.SetTopWindow()} (line 66) to
 inform wxWindows about it.
+
 \item And finally, at line 72 an instance of the application class is
-created.  At this point wxPython finishes initializing itself, and calls
-the \tt{OnInit} method to get things started.  (The zero parameter here is
-a flag for functionality that isn't quite implemented yet.  Just
+created. At this point wxPython finishes initializing itself, and calls
+the \tt{OnInit} method to get things started. (The zero parameter here is
+a flag for functionality that isn't quite implemented yet. Just
 ignore it for now.)  The call to \tt{MainLoop} at line 73 starts the event
 loop which continues until the application terminates or all the top
 level windows are closed.
@@ -355,9 +353,9 @@ level windows are closed.
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
 \section{wxWindows classes implemented in wxPython}\label{wxpclasses}
 
-The following classes are supported in wxPython.  Most provide nearly
+The following classes are supported in wxPython. Most provide nearly
 full implementations of the public interfaces specified in the C++
-documentation, others are less so.  They will all be brought as close
+documentation, others are less so. They will all be brought as close
 as possible to the C++ spec over time.
 
 \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
@@ -367,9 +365,11 @@ as possible to the C++ spec over time.
 \item \helpref{wxBitmapButton}{wxbitmapbutton}
 \item \helpref{wxBitmap}{wxbitmap}
 \item wxBMPHandler
+\item \helpref{wxBoxSizer}{wxboxsizer}
 \item \helpref{wxBrush}{wxbrush}
 \item \helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}
 \item \helpref{wxCalculateLayoutEvent}{wxcalculatelayoutevent}
+\item wxCaret
 \item \helpref{wxCheckBox}{wxcheckbox}
 \item \helpref{wxCheckListBox}{wxchecklistbox}
 \item \helpref{wxChoice}{wxchoice}
@@ -402,6 +402,14 @@ as possible to the C++ spec over time.
 \item wxGridCell
 \item wxGridEvent
 \item \helpref{wxGrid}{wxgrid}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlCell}{wxhtmlcell}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlContainerCell}{wxhtmlcontainercell}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlParser}{wxhtmlparser}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlTagHandler}{wxhtmltaghandler}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlTag}{wxhtmltag}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlWinParser}{wxhtmlwinparser}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlWinTagHandler}{wxhtmlwintaghandler}
+\item \helpref{wxHtmlWindow}{wxhtmlwindow}
 \item wxIconizeEvent
 \item \helpref{wxIcon}{wxicon}
 \item \helpref{wxIdleEvent}{wxidleevent}
@@ -468,16 +476,20 @@ as possible to the C++ spec over time.
 \item \helpref{wxScrollBar}{wxscrollbar}
 \item \helpref{wxScrollEvent}{wxscrollevent}
 \item \helpref{wxScrolledWindow}{wxscrolledwindow}
+\item \helpref{wxScrollWinEvent}{wxscrollwinevent}
 \item wxShowEvent
 \item \helpref{wxSingleChoiceDialog}{wxsinglechoicedialog}
 \item \helpref{wxSizeEvent}{wxsizeevent}
 \item \helpref{wxSize}{wxsize}
+\item \helpref{wxSizer}{wxsizer}
+\item wxSizerItem
 \item \helpref{wxSlider}{wxslider}
 \item \helpref{wxSpinButton}{wxspinbutton}
 \item wxSpinEvent
 \item \helpref{wxSplitterWindow}{wxsplitterwindow}
 \item \helpref{wxStaticBitmap}{wxstaticbitmap}
 \item \helpref{wxStaticBox}{wxstaticbox}
+\item \helpref{wxStaticBoxSizer}{wxstaticboxsizer}
 \item wxStaticLine
 \item \helpref{wxStaticText}{wxstatictext}
 \item \helpref{wxStatusBar}{wxstatusbar}
@@ -494,10 +506,12 @@ as possible to the C++ spec over time.
 \item \helpref{wxTreeItemData}{wxtreeitemdata}
 \item wxTreeItemId
 \item \helpref{wxUpdateUIEvent}{wxupdateuievent}
+\item \helpref{wxValidator}{wxvalidator}
 \item \helpref{wxWindowDC}{wxwindowdc}
 \item \helpref{wxWindow}{wxwindow}
 
 
+
 \end{itemize}
 
 %----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -507,7 +521,7 @@ Since wxPython is a blending of multiple technologies, help comes from
 multiple sources. See
 \urlref{http://alldunn.com/wxPython}{http://alldunn.com/wxPython} for details on
 various sources of help, but probably the best source is the
-wxPython-users mail list.  You can view the archive or subscribe by
+wxPython-users mail list. You can view the archive or subscribe by
 going to
 
 \urlref{http://starship.python.net/mailman/listinfo/wxpython-users}{http://starship.python.net/mailman/listinfo/wxpython-users}

include/wx/app.h

@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@
 
 #include "wx/event.h"       // for the base class
 
-#include "wx/window.h"      // for wxTopLevelWindows
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    #include "wx/window.h"      // for wxTopLevelWindows
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
 #if wxUSE_LOG
     #include "wx/log.h"
@@ -64,22 +66,33 @@ public:
         // prevents the program from continuing - it's a good place to create
         // the top level program window and return TRUE.
         //
-        // Override: always.
+        // Override: always in GUI application, rarely in console ones.
+#if wxUSE_GUI
     virtual bool OnInit() { return FALSE; };
+#else // !GUI
+    virtual bool OnInit() { return TRUE; };
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
+#if wxUSE_GUI
         // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to
         // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing.
         //
         // Override: rarely.
     virtual bool OnInitGui() { return TRUE; }
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
         // called to start program execution - the default version just enters
         // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until
         // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or
-        // ExitMainLoop() is called.
+        // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution
+        // of the program really starts here
         //
-        // Override: rarely.
+        // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones.
+#if wxUSE_GUI
     virtual int OnRun() { return MainLoop(); };
+#else // !GUI
+    virtual int OnRun() = 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
         // called after the main loop termination. This is a good place for
         // cleaning up (it may be too late in dtor) and is also useful if you
@@ -102,6 +115,7 @@ public:
     // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code
     // -----------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#if wxUSE_GUI
         // execute the main GUI loop, the function returns when the loop ends
     virtual int MainLoop() = 0;
 
@@ -118,6 +132,7 @@ public:
         // process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
         // apperas if there are none currently)
     virtual void Dispatch() = 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
     // application info: name, description, vendor
     // -------------------------------------------
@@ -144,6 +159,7 @@ public:
     const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
     void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; }
 
+#if wxUSE_GUI
     // top level window functions
     // --------------------------
 
@@ -171,6 +187,8 @@ public:
     void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag) { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag; }
     bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const { return m_exitOnFrameDelete; }
 
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
     // miscellaneous customization functions
     // -------------------------------------
 
@@ -179,10 +197,15 @@ public:
         // user-defined class (default implementation creates a wxLogGui
         // object) - this log object is used by default by all wxLogXXX()
         // functions.
-    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() { return new wxLogGui; }
+    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget()
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+        { return new wxLogGui; }
+#else // !GUI
+        { return new wxLogStderr; }
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 #endif // wxUSE_LOG
 
-
+#if wxUSE_GUI
         // get the standard icon used by wxWin dialogs - this allows the user
         // to customize the standard dialogs. The 'which' parameter is one of
         // wxICON_XXX values
@@ -198,6 +221,7 @@ public:
         // printing.
     virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
     int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; }
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
     // implementation only from now on
     // -------------------------------
@@ -228,29 +252,35 @@ protected:
     // TRUE if the application wants to get debug output
     bool m_wantDebugOutput;
 
+#if wxUSE_GUI
     // the main top level window - may be NULL
     wxWindow *m_topWindow;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 };
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // now include the declaration of the real class
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXQT__)
-    #include "wx/qt/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
-    #include "wx/stubs/app.h"
-#endif
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
+        #include "wx/msw/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
+        #include "wx/motif/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXQT__)
+        #include "wx/qt/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
+        #include "wx/gtk/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
+        #include "wx/mac/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
+        #include "wx/os2/app.h"
+    #elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+        #include "wx/stubs/app.h"
+    #endif
+#else // !GUI
+    typedef wxAppBase wxApp;
+#endif // GUI/!GUI
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // the global data
@@ -266,11 +296,34 @@ WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
 // global functions
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs
+// ------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
 // Force an exit from main loop
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
+extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
 
 // Yield to other apps/messages
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
+extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
+
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// console applications may avoid using DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros
+// and call these functions instead at the program startup and termination
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_NOGUI
+
+// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each
+// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize())
+extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxInitialize();
+
+// clean up - the library can't be used any more after the last call to
+// wxUninitialize()
+extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxUninitialize();
+
+#endif // wxUSE_NOGUI
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // macros for dynamic creation of the application object

include/wx/arrimpl.cpp

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 // Name:        listimpl.cpp
 // Purpose:     helper file for implementation of dynamic lists
 // Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: 
+// Modified by:
 // Created:     16.10.97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1997 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
  *          4) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY                                            *
  *****************************************************************************/
 
+// needed to resolve the conflict between global T and macro parameter T
+#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(x)     T("bad index in " #x "::Remove()")
+
 // macro implements remaining (not inline) methods of template list
 // (it's private to this file)
 #undef  _DEFINE_OBJARRAY
@@ -58,7 +61,7 @@ void name::Empty()                                                            \
                                                                               \
 void name::Remove(size_t uiIndex)                                             \
 {                                                                             \
-  wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < Count(), _T("bad index in " #name "::Remove()") );   \
+  wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < Count(), _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(name) );                  \
                                                                               \
   delete (T*)wxBaseArray::Item(uiIndex);                                      \
                                                                               \
@@ -99,8 +102,8 @@ int name::Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd) const                           \
     }                                                                         \
   }                                                                           \
                                                                               \
-  return wxNOT_FOUND;                                                           \
-}                                                                             
+  return wxNOT_FOUND;                                                         \
+}
 
 // redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation
 // old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included

include/wx/buffer.h

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #define _WX_BUFFER_H
 
 #include "wx/wxchar.h"
+
 #include <string.h> // strdup
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -27,14 +28,14 @@ class wxCharBuffer
 public:
     wxCharBuffer(const char *str)
     {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( str, _T("NULL string in wxCharBuffer") );
+        wxASSERT_MSG( str, T("NULL string in wxCharBuffer") );
 
         m_str = str ? strdup(str) : (char *)NULL;
     }
     wxCharBuffer(size_t len)
     {
         m_str = (char *)malloc(len+1);
-	m_str[len] = '\0';
+        m_str[len] = '\0';
     }
     // no need to check for NULL, free() does it
    ~wxCharBuffer() { free(m_str); }
@@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ class wxWCharBuffer
 public:
     wxWCharBuffer(const wchar_t *wcs)
     {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( wcs, _T("NULL string in wxWCharBuffer") );
+        wxASSERT_MSG( wcs, T("NULL string in wxWCharBuffer") );
 
         if (wcs) {
           size_t siz = (wcslen(wcs)+1)*sizeof(wchar_t);
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ public:
     wxWCharBuffer(size_t len)
     {
         m_wcs = (wchar_t *)malloc((len+1)*sizeof(wchar_t));
-	m_wcs[len] = L'\0';
+        m_wcs[len] = L'\0';
     }
 
     // no need to check for NULL, free() does it
@@ -100,23 +101,23 @@ public:
 
    operator const wchar_t *() const { return m_wcs; }
    wchar_t operator[](size_t n) const { return m_wcs[n]; }
-          
+
 private:
    wchar_t *m_wcs;
 };
 #endif
 
 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-#define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
-#define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer
-#define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar*
-#define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar*
-#else
-#define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar*
-#define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar*
-#define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer
-#define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
-#endif
+    #define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
+    #define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer
+    #define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar*
+    #define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar*
+#else // ANSI
+    #define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar*
+    #define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar*
+    #define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer
+    #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
+#endif // Unicode/ANSI
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // template class for any kind of data

include/wx/caret.h

@@ -182,8 +182,6 @@ private:
 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
     #include "wx/msw/caret.h"
-#elif  defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/caret.h"
 #else
     #include "wx/generic/caret.h"
 #endif // platform

include/wx/choice.h

@@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ public:
     void Append(const wxString& item) { DoAppend(item); }
         // with client data which belongs to the caller
     void Append(const wxString &item, void* clientData)
-        { DoAppend(item); SetClientData(GetCount() - 1, clientData); }
+        { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientData(n, clientData); }
         // with client data which will be deleted by the control
     void Append(const wxString &item, wxClientData* clientData)
-        { DoAppend(item); SetClientObject(GetCount() - 1, clientData); }
+        { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientObject(n, clientData); }
 
     // delete items from the list
         // one item
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
 
 private:
     // pure virtuals to implement in the derived classes
-    virtual void DoAppend(const wxString& item) = 0;
+    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item) = 0;
 
     virtual void DoSetClientData( int n, void* clientData ) = 0;
     virtual void* DoGetClientData( int n ) const = 0;

include/wx/debug.h

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        debug.h
+// Name:        wx/debug.h
 // Purpose:     Misc debug functions and macros
 // Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
 // Modified by:
 // Created:     29/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef   _WX_DEBUG_H_
@@ -16,24 +16,19 @@
 
 #include  "wx/wxchar.h"
 
-#ifndef __TFILE__
-#define __XFILE__(x) _T(x)
-#define __TFILE__ __XFILE__(__FILE__)
-#endif
-
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/** 
-  @name Debugging macros 
+/**
+  @name Debugging macros
 
   All debugging macros rely on ASSERT() which in turn calls user-defined
   OnAssert() function. To keep things simple, it's called even when the
   expression is TRUE (i.e. everything is ok) and by default does nothing: just
   returns the same value back. But if you redefine it to do something more sexy
-  (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or 
+  (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or
   whatever) it will affect all ASSERTs, FAILs and CHECKs in your code.
   <BR>
   <BR>
-  <b>Warning</b>: if you don't like advices on programming style, don't read 
+  <b>Warning</b>: if you don't like advices on programming style, don't read
   further! ;-)
   <BR>
   <BR>
@@ -94,13 +89,13 @@
 
 // NB: these macros work also in release mode!
 
-/** 
+/**
   These macros must be used only in invalid situation: for example, an
   invalid parameter (NULL pointer) is passed to a function. Instead of
   dereferencing it and causing core dump the function might try using
   CHECK( p != NULL ) or CHECK( p != NULL, return LogError("p is NULL!!") )
 
-  @name Macros which remain even in 'release' mode 
+  @name Macros which remain even in 'release' mode
 */
 //@{
   /// check that expression is true, "return" if not (also FAILs in debug mode)

include/wx/defs.h

@@ -115,13 +115,11 @@
 #   pragma suppress 571             // Virtual function hiding
 #endif // __SALFORDC__
 
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
-#ifndef WIN32
-// VC1.5 does not have LPTSTR type
-#define LPTSTR LPSTR
-#define LPCTSTR LPCSTR
-#endif
-#endif
+#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(WIN32)
+    // VC1.5 does not have LPTSTR type
+    #define LPTSTR LPSTR
+    #define LPCTSTR LPCSTR
+#endif // VC++ 1.5
 
 // Digital Unix C++ compiler only defines this symbol for .cxx and .hxx files,
 // so define it ourselves
@@ -190,8 +188,9 @@
 // Make sure the environment is set correctly
 #if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__X__)
     #error "Target can't be both X and Windows"
-#elif !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXPM__) && \
-      !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__X__) && !defined(__WXQT__) && !defined(__WXSTUBS__)
+#elif !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && \
+      !defined(__WXPM__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__X__) && \
+      !defined(__WXQT__) && !defined(__WXSTUBS__) && wxUSE_GUI
     #error "No Target! Use -D[__WXMOTIF__|__WXGTK__|__WXMSW__|__WXMAC__|__WXQT__|__WXPM__|__WXSTUBS__]"
 #endif
 
@@ -215,6 +214,17 @@
 
 #include "wx/version.h"
 
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// compatibility defines
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// possibility to build non GUI apps is new, so don't burden ourselves with
+// compatibility code
+#if !wxUSE_GUI
+    #undef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
+    #define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2 0
+#endif // !GUI
+
 // ============================================================================
 // non portable C++ features
 // ============================================================================
@@ -223,21 +233,14 @@
 // check for native bool type and TRUE/FALSE constants
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXQT__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXSTUBS__)
-    // Bool is now obsolete, use bool instead
-    // typedef int Bool;
+// define boolean constants if not done yet
+#ifndef TRUE
+    #define TRUE  1
+#endif
 
-    #ifndef TRUE
-        #define TRUE  1
-        #define FALSE 0
-        #define Bool_DEFINED
-    #endif
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #ifndef TRUE
-        #define TRUE  1
-        #define FALSE 0
-    #endif
-#endif // TRUE/FALSE
+#ifndef FALSE
+    #define FALSE 0
+#endif
 
 // Add more tests here for Windows compilers that already define bool
 // (under Unix, configure tests for this)
@@ -297,9 +300,40 @@ typedef int wxWindowID;
     #define WXUNUSED(identifier) identifier
 #endif
 
-/*
- * Making or using wxWindows as a Windows DLL
- */
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// portable calling conventions macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// wxCALLBACK should be used for the functions which are called back by
+// Windows (such as compare function for wxListCtrl)
+#if defined(__WXMSW__)
+    #if defined(__MINGW32__)
+        #define wxCALLBACK __attribute__((stdcall))
+    #else
+        // both VC++ and Borland understand this
+        #define wxCALLBACK _stdcall
+    #endif
+#else
+    // no stdcall under Unix
+    #define wxCALLBACK
+#endif // platform
+
+// callling convention for the qsort(3) callback
+
+#if defined(__VISUALC__)
+  #define   wxCMPFUNC_CONV    _cdecl
+#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__)
+  #define   wxCMPFUNC_CONV    _Optlink
+#else   // !Visual C++
+  #define   wxCMPFUNC_CONV
+#endif  // compiler
+
+// compatibility :-(
+#define CMPFUNC_CONV wxCMPFUNC_CONV
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Making or using wxWindows as a Windows DLL
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 
@@ -465,7 +499,8 @@ enum
   wxMGL_UNIX,               // MGL with direct hardware access
   wxMGL_X,                  // MGL on X
   wxMGL_WIN32,              // MGL on Win32
-  wxMGL_OS2                 // MGL on OS/2
+  wxMGL_OS2,                // MGL on OS/2
+  wxWINDOWS_OS2             // Native OS/2 PM
 };
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -809,6 +844,8 @@ enum wxStretch
 // this style means to use RICHEDIT control and does something only under wxMSW
 // and Win32 and is silently ignored under all other platforms
 #define wxTE_RICH           0x0080
+#define wxTE_NO_VSCROLL     0x0100
+#define wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL    0x0200
 
 /*
  * wxComboBox style flags
@@ -840,7 +877,7 @@ enum wxStretch
 #define wxGA_HORIZONTAL      wxHORIZONTAL
 #define wxGA_VERTICAL        wxVERTICAL
 // Windows only
-#define wxGA_SMOOTH          0x0008
+#define wxGA_SMOOTH          0x0010
 
 /*
  * wxSlider flags
@@ -946,6 +983,9 @@ enum wxStretch
  * wxNotebook flags
  */
 #define wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH       0x0008
+#define wxNB_LEFT             0x0020
+#define wxNB_RIGHT            0x0040
+#define wxNB_BOTTOM           0x0080
 
 /*
  * wxStatusBar95 flags
@@ -1065,6 +1105,8 @@ enum wxStretch
 #define wxID_SETUP              5110
 #define wxID_RESET              5111
 
+// IDs used by generic file dialog (11 consecutive starting from this value)
+#define wxID_FILEDLGG           5900
 #define wxID_HIGHEST            5999
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1465,8 +1507,15 @@ typedef unsigned long   WXHDC;
 typedef unsigned int    WXUINT;
 typedef unsigned long   WXDWORD;
 typedef unsigned short  WXWORD;
+#ifdef __WXMSW__
 typedef unsigned int    WXWPARAM;
 typedef long            WXLPARAM;
+#else
+#  define WXWPARAM      MPARAM
+#  define WXLPARAM      MPARAM
+#  define RECT          RECTL
+#  define LOGFONT       FATTRS
+#endif
 typedef unsigned long   WXCOLORREF;
 typedef void *          WXRGNDATA;
 typedef void *          WXMSG;

include/wx/dialup.h

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/dialup.h
+// Purpose:     Network related wxWindows classes and functions
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     07.07.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_NET_H
+#define _WX_NET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dialup.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+extern const wxChar *wxEmptyString;
+
+#define WXDIALUP_MANAGER_DEFAULT_BEACONHOST  T("www.yahoo.com")
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// A class which groups functions dealing with connecting to the network from a
+// workstation using dial-up access to the net. There is at most one instance
+// of this class in the program accessed via GetDialUpManager().
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* TODO
+ *
+ * 1. more configurability for Unix: i.e. how to initiate the connection, how
+ *    to check for online status, &c.
+ * 2. a function to enumerate all connections (ISPs) and show a dialog in
+ *    Dial() allowing to choose between them if no ISP given
+ * 3. add an async version of dialing functions which notify the caller about
+ *    the progress (or may be even start another thread to monitor it)
+ * 4. the static creation/accessor functions are not MT-safe - but is this
+ *    really crucial? I think we may suppose they're always called from the
+ *    main thread?
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpManager
+{
+public:
+    // this function should create and return the object of the
+    // platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. It's implemented
+    // in the platform-specific source files.
+    static wxDialUpManager *Create();
+
+    // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function
+    // returns FALSE, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea
+    // to call this function and check its result before calling any other
+    // wxDialUpManager methods
+    virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
+
+    // virtual dtor for any base class
+    virtual ~wxDialUpManager() { }
+
+    // operations
+    // ----------
+
+    // dial the given ISP, use username and password to authentificate
+    //
+    // if async parameter is FALSE, the function waits until the end of dialing
+    // and returns TRUE upon successful completion.
+    // if async is TRUE, the function only initiates the connection and returns
+    // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent
+    // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one)
+    virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString,
+                      const wxString& username = wxEmptyString,
+                      const wxString& password = wxEmptyString,
+                      bool async = TRUE) = 0;
+
+    // returns TRUE if (async) dialing is in progress
+    virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0;
+
+    // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = TRUE)
+    // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent
+    virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0;
+
+    // hang up the currently active dial up connection
+    virtual bool HangUp() = 0;
+
+    // online status
+    // -------------
+
+    // returns TRUE if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows,
+    // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that
+    // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable
+    virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0;
+
+    // sometimes the built-in logic for determining the online status may fail,
+    // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function
+    // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal
+    // algorithm may think about it.
+    virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = TRUE) = 0;
+
+    // set misc wxDialUpManager options
+    // --------------------------------
+
+    // enable automatical checks for the connection status and sending of
+    // wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED/wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED events. The interval
+    // parameter is only for Unix where we do the check manually: under
+    // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is
+    // instantenous.
+    //
+    // Returns FALSE if couldn't set up automatic check for online status.
+    virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0;
+
+    // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the
+    // wxEVT_DIALUP_XXX events won't be sent any more neither.
+    virtual void DisableAutoCheckOnlineStatus() = 0;
+
+    // additional Unix-only configuration
+    // ----------------------------------
+
+    // under Unix, the value of well-known host is used to check whether we're
+    // connected to the internet. It's unused under Windows, but this function
+    // is always safe to call. The default value is www.yahoo.com.
+    virtual void SetWellKnownHost(const wxString& hostname,
+                                  int portno = 80) = 0;
+
+    // Sets the commands to start up the network and to hang up again. Used by
+    // the Unix implementations only.
+    virtual void
+    SetConnectCommand(const wxString& commandDial = T("/usr/bin/pon"),
+                      const wxString& commandHangup = T("/usr/bin/poff")) = 0;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DIALUP events processing
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the event class for the dialup events
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpEvent : public wxEvent
+{
+public:
+    wxDialUpEvent(bool isConnected, bool isOwnEvent) : wxEvent(isOwnEvent)
+    {
+        SetEventType(isConnected ? wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED
+                                 : wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED);
+    }
+
+    // is this a CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED event?
+    bool IsConnectedEvent() const
+        { return GetEventType() == wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED; }
+
+    // does this event come from wxDialUpManager::Dial() or from some extrenal
+    // process (i.e. does it result from our own attempt to establish the
+    // connection)?
+    bool IsOwnEvent() const { return m_id != 0; }
+};
+
+// the type of dialup event handler function
+typedef void (wxObject::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&);
+
+// macros to catch dialup events
+#define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) { wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxDialUpEventFunction) & func, NULL},
+#define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) { wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxDialUpEventFunction) & func, NULL},
+
+#endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
+
+#endif // _WX_NET_H

include/wx/dirdlg.h

@@ -1,8 +1,16 @@
 #ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
 
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogNameStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
+
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#if defined(__WIN16__) || defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__SALFORDC__)
+#if defined(__WIN16__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__)&&!defined(wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)) || defined(__SALFORDC__)
 #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
 #else
 #include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h"

include/wx/docview.h

@@ -362,6 +362,7 @@ public:
 
     // File history management
     virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
+    virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(int i);
     virtual int GetNoHistoryFiles() const;
     virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(int i) const;
     virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
@@ -553,6 +554,7 @@ public:
 
     // Operations
     virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
+    virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(int i);
     virtual int GetMaxFiles() const { return m_fileMaxFiles; }
     virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
 

include/wx/dynarray.h

@@ -43,15 +43,7 @@
  callback compare function for quick sort
  must return negative value, 0 or positive value if pItem1 <, = or > pItem2
  */
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)
-  #define   CMPFUNC_CONV    _cdecl
-#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__)
-  #define   CMPFUNC_CONV    _Optlink
-#else   // !Visual C++
-  #define   CMPFUNC_CONV
-#endif  // compiler
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2);
+typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2);
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 /**
@@ -159,6 +151,11 @@ private:
 // template classes
 // ============================================================================
 
+// resolves the name conflict between the T() macor and T typedef: we can't
+// use T() inside WX_DEFINE_ARRAY!
+#define _WX_ERROR_SIZEOF   T("illegal use of DEFINE_ARRAY")
+#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE   T("removing inexisting element in wxArray::Remove")
+
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // This macro generates a new array class. It is intended for storage of simple
 // types of sizeof()<=sizeof(long) or pointers if sizeof(pointer)<=sizeof(long)
@@ -178,7 +175,7 @@ public:                                                             \
     size_t type = sizeof(T);                                        \
     size_t sizelong = sizeof(long);                                 \
     if ( type > sizelong )                                          \
-      { wxFAIL_MSG( _T("illegal use of DEFINE_ARRAY") ); }          \
+      { wxFAIL_MSG( _WX_ERROR_SIZEOF ); }                           \
   }                                                                 \
                                                                     \
   name& operator=(const name& src)                                  \
@@ -205,7 +202,7 @@ public:                                                             \
   void Remove(T Item)                                               \
     { int iIndex = Index(Item);                                     \
       wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return,                  \
-        _T("removing inexisting element in wxArray::Remove") );     \
+         _WX_ERROR_REMOVE);                                         \
       wxBaseArray::Remove((size_t)iIndex); }                        \
                                                                     \
   void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { wxBaseArray::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); }  \
@@ -240,7 +237,7 @@ public:                                                             \
   { size_t type = sizeof(T);                                        \
     size_t sizelong = sizeof(long);                                 \
     if ( type > sizelong )                                          \
-      { wxFAIL_MSG( _T("illegal use of DEFINE_ARRAY") ); }          \
+      { wxFAIL_MSG( _WX_ERROR_SIZEOF ); }                           \
     m_fnCompare = fn;                                               \
   }                                                                 \
                                                                     \
@@ -267,7 +264,7 @@ public:                                                             \
   void Remove(T Item)                                               \
     { int iIndex = Index(Item);                                     \
       wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return,                  \
-        _T("removing inexisting element in wxArray::Remove") );     \
+        _WX_ERROR_REMOVE );                                         \
       wxBaseArray::Remove((size_t)iIndex); }                        \
                                                                     \
 private:                                                            \

include/wx/event.h

@@ -18,16 +18,31 @@
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
 #include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    #include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#endif
 
 #if wxUSE_THREADS
     #include "wx/thread.h"
 #endif
 
-/*
- * Event types
- *
- */
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// forward declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxList;
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientData;
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Event types
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 typedef int wxEventType;
 
@@ -336,6 +351,8 @@ public:
     bool              m_isCommandEvent;
 };
 
+#if wxUSE_GUI
+
 // Item or menu event class
 /*
  wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
@@ -354,8 +371,6 @@ public:
  wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 */
 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientData;
-
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommandEvent : public wxEvent
 {
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandEvent)
@@ -523,7 +538,6 @@ public:
  wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK,
 */
 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseEvent : public wxEvent
 {
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent)
@@ -764,7 +778,6 @@ public:
  wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
  */
 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxEraseEvent : public wxEvent
 {
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEraseEvent)
@@ -884,7 +897,7 @@ public:
     {
         // GetVeto() will return FALSE anyhow...
         wxCHECK_RET( m_canVeto,
-                     _T("call to Veto() ignored (can't veto this event)") );
+                     T("call to Veto() ignored (can't veto this event)") );
 
         m_veto = veto;
     }
@@ -1017,7 +1030,7 @@ public:
 
     // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?)
     bool IsButton() const { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) ||
-            (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN)); }
+            (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP)); }
 
     // Was it a move event?
     bool IsMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_MOVE) ; }
@@ -1069,36 +1082,11 @@ public:
     void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
 };
 
-// Idle event
-/*
- wxEVT_IDLE
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIdleEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleEvent)
-
-public:
-    wxIdleEvent()
-        { m_eventType = wxEVT_IDLE; m_requestMore = FALSE; }
-
-    void RequestMore(bool needMore = TRUE) { m_requestMore = needMore; }
-    bool MoreRequested() const { return m_requestMore; }
-
-    void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
-
-protected:
-    bool m_requestMore;
-};
-
 // Update UI event
 /*
  wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
  */
 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxUpdateUIEvent : public wxCommandEvent
 {
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUpdateUIEvent)
@@ -1256,6 +1244,30 @@ public:
     wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); }
 };
 
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
+// Idle event
+/*
+ wxEVT_IDLE
+ */
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxIdleEvent : public wxEvent
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleEvent)
+
+public:
+    wxIdleEvent()
+        { m_eventType = wxEVT_IDLE; m_requestMore = FALSE; }
+
+    void RequestMore(bool needMore = TRUE) { m_requestMore = needMore; }
+    bool MoreRequested() const { return m_requestMore; }
+
+    void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
+
+protected:
+    bool m_requestMore;
+};
+
 /* TODO
  wxEVT_POWER,
  wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED,
@@ -1267,11 +1279,6 @@ public:
  wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 */
 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
-
-// struct WXDLLEXPORT wxEventTableEntry;
-
 typedef void (wxObject::*wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
 
 struct WXDLLEXPORT wxEventTableEntry
@@ -1312,7 +1319,7 @@ public:
     virtual void OnCommand(wxWindow& WXUNUSED(win),
                            wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     {
-        wxFAIL_MSG(_T("shouldn't be called any more"));
+        wxFAIL_MSG(T("shouldn't be called any more"));
     }
 
     // Called if child control has no callback function
@@ -1373,6 +1380,7 @@ protected:
 };
 
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
+#if wxUSE_GUI
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCommandEventFunction)(wxCommandEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollEventFunction)(wxScrollEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollWinEventFunction)(wxScrollWinEvent&);
@@ -1398,6 +1406,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMaximizeEventFunction)(wxShowEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNavigationKeyEventFunction)(wxNavigationKeyEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaletteChangedEventFunction)(wxPaletteChangedEvent&);
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction)(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent&);
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
 
 // N.B. In GNU-WIN32, you *have* to take the address of a member function
 // (use &) or the compiler crashes...
@@ -1603,13 +1612,17 @@ const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
 #define EVT_UPDATE_UI(id, func) \
  { wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxUpdateUIEventFunction) & func, (wxObject *) NULL },\
 
-/*
- * Helper functions
- */
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helper functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_GUI
 
 // Find a window with the focus, that is also a descendant of the given window.
 // This is used to determine the window to initially send commands to.
 wxWindow* wxFindFocusDescendant(wxWindow* ancestor);
 
+#endif // wxUSE_GUI
+
 #endif
         // _WX_EVENTH__

include/wx/ffile.h

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public:
   bool Close();
 
   // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFFile object
-  void Attach(FILE *fp, const wxString& name = _T(""))
+  void Attach(FILE *fp, const wxString& name = T(""))
     { Close(); m_fp = fp; m_name = name; }
   void Detach() { m_fp = NULL; }
   FILE *fp() const { return m_fp; }

include/wx/fileconf.h

@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ public:
     // New constructor: one size fits all. Specify wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE or
     // wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE to say which files should be used.
   wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName,
-               const wxString& vendorName = _T(""),
-               const wxString& localFilename = _T(""),
-               const wxString& globalFilename = _T(""),
+               const wxString& vendorName = T(""),
+               const wxString& localFilename = T(""),
+               const wxString& globalFilename = T(""),
                long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE);
 
     // dtor will save unsaved data

include/wx/filefn.h

@@ -159,15 +159,15 @@ WXDLLEXPORT bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm = 0777);
 WXDLLEXPORT bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags = 0);
 
 // separators in file names
-#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT        _T('.')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK        _T(':')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS   _T('\\')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX  _T('/')
+#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT        T('.')
+#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK        T(':')
+#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS   T('\\')
+#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX  T('/')
 
 // separator in the path list (as in PATH environment variable)
 // NB: these are strings and not characters on purpose!
-#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS        _T(";")
-#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX       _T(":")
+#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS        T(";")
+#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX       T(":")
 
 // platform independent versions
 #ifdef  __UNIX__

include/wx/filesys.h

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSystem : public wxObject
                 // unless is_dir = TRUE 'location' is *not* the directory but
                 // file contained in this directory
                 // (so ChangePathTo("dir/subdir/xh.htm") sets m_Path to "dir/subdir/")
-		
+
 	wxString GetPath() const {return m_Path;}
 
         wxFSFile* OpenFile(const wxString& location);
@@ -175,6 +175,9 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSystem : public wxObject
         static void AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler);
                 // Adds FS handler.
                 // In fact, this class is only front-end to the FS hanlers :-)
+
+        static void CleanUpHandlers();
+                // remove all items from the m_Handlers list
 };
 
 
@@ -204,5 +207,5 @@ special characters :
 #endif
   // (wxUSE_FS_INET || wxUSE_FS_ZIP) && wxUSE_STREAMS
 
-#endif 
+#endif
   // __FILESYS_H__

include/wx/font.h

@@ -1,20 +1,203 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        wx/font.h
+// Purpose:     wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     20.09.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
 #ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
 #define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
 
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"        // for wxDEFAULT &c
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"      // the base class
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// forward declarations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// font constants
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// standard font families
+enum wxFontFamily
+{
+    wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE,
+    wxFONTFAMILY_MAX
+};
+
+// font styles
+enum wxFontStyle
+{
+    wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT,
+    wxFONTSTYLE_MAX
+};
+
+// font weights
+enum wxFontWeight
+{
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD,
+    wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX
+};
+
+// font encodings
+enum wxFontEncoding
+{
+    wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM = -1,     // system default
+    wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT,         // current default encoding
+
+    // ISO8859 standard defines a number of single-byte charsets
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1,       // West European (Latin1)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2,       // Central and East European (Latin2)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3,       // Esperanto (Latin3)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4,       // Baltic languages (Estonian) (Latin4)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5,       // Cyrillic
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6,       // Arabic
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7,       // Greek
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8,       // Hebrew
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9,       // Turkish (Latin5)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10,      // Variation of Latin4 (Latin6)
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11,      // Thai
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12,      // doesn't exist currently, but put it
+                                    // here anyhow to make all ISO8859
+                                    // consecutive numbers
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13,      // Latin7
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14,      // Latin8
+    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15,      // Latin9 (a.k.a. Latin0, includes euro)
+
+    // Cyrillic charset soup (see http://czyborra.com/charsets/cyrillic.html)
+    wxFONTENCODING_KOI8,            // we don't support any of KOI8 variants
+    wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE,     // same as MS-DOS CP866
+    wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN,       // used under Linux in Bulgaria
+
+    // what would we do without Microsoft? They have their own encodings
+        // for DOS
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP437,           // original MS-DOS codepage
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP850,           // CP437 merged with Latin1
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP852,           // CP437 merged with Latin2
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP855,           // another cyrillic encoding
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP866,           // and another one
+        // and for Windows
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP1250,          // WinLatin2
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP1251,          // WinCyrillic
+    wxFONTENCODING_CP1252,          // WinLatin1
+
+    wxFONTENCODING_MAX
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFontBase represents a font object
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject
+{
+public:
+    // creator function
+    static wxFont *New(
+        int pointSize,              // size of the font in points
+        int family,                 // see wxFontFamily enum
+        int style,                  // see wxFontStyle enum
+        int weight,                 // see wxFontWeight enum
+        bool underlined = FALSE,    // not underlined by default
+        const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,              // facename
+        wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ...
+
+    // was the font successfully created?
+    bool Ok() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
+
+    // comparison
+    bool operator == (const wxFont& font) const;
+    bool operator != (const wxFont& font) const;
+
+    // accessors: get the font characteristics
+    virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetFamily() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetStyle() const = 0;
+    virtual int GetWeight() const = 0;
+    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0;
+    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0;
+    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0;
+
+    // change the font characteristics
+    virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetFamily( int family ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetStyle( int style ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetWeight( int weight ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0;
+    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0;
+
+    // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString()
+    // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...)
+    wxString GetFamilyString() const;
+    wxString GetStyleString() const;
+    wxString GetWeightString() const;
+
+    // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default
+    // encoding parameter
+    static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding()
+        { return ms_encodingDefault; }
+    static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding)
+        { ms_encodingDefault = encoding; }
+
+protected:
+    // get the internal data
+    class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontRefData *GetFontData() const
+        { return (wxFontRefData *)m_refData; }
+
+private:
+    // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system
+    // encoding, but may be changed by the application using
+    // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without
+    // specifing encoding parameter using this encoding
+    static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault;
+};
+
+// include the real class declaration
 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/font.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/font.h"
+    #include "wx/motif/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/font.h"
+    #include "wx/gtk/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXQT__)
-#include "wx/qt/font.h"
+    #include "wx/qt/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/font.h"
+    #include "wx/mac/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/font.h"
+    #include "wx/os2/font.h"
 #elif defined(__WXSTUBS__)
-#include "wx/stubs/font.h"
+    #include "wx/stubs/font.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !defined(__VISAGECPP__)
+// VZ: this is ugly (FIXME)
+#define M_FONTDATA GetFontData()
 #endif
 
 #endif

include/wx/fontenum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        fontenum.h
+// Purpose:     wxFontEnumerator class for getting available fonts
+// Author:      Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by: extended to enumerate more than just font families and work ot
+//              only on Windows (VZ)
+// Created:     04/01/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "fontenum.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFontEnumerator enumerates all available fonts on the system or only the
+// fonts with given attributes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxFontEnumerator
+{
+public:
+    // start enumerating font families - will result in OnFontFamily() being
+    // called for each available font family (unless it returns FALSE)
+    virtual bool EnumerateFamilies(bool fixedWidthOnly = FALSE);
+
+    // enumerate the different encodings either for given font family or for
+    // all font families - will result in OnFontEncoding() being called for
+    // each available (family, encoding) couple
+    virtual bool EnumerateEncodings(const wxString& family = T(""));
+
+    // callbacks which are called after one of EnumerateXXX() functions from
+    // above is invoked - all of them may return FALSE to stop enumeration or
+    // TRUE to continue with it
+
+    // called by EnumerateFamilies
+    virtual bool OnFontFamily(const wxString& WXUNUSED(family))
+        { return FALSE; }
+
+    // called by EnumerateEncodings
+    virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(family),
+                                const wxString& WXUNUSED(encoding))
+        { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_FONTENUM_H_

include/wx/gdicmn.h

@@ -149,6 +149,16 @@ enum wxStockCursor
     #define wxICON(X) wxIcon("" #X "")
 #endif // platform
 
+/* Another macro: this one is for portable creation of bitmaps. We assume that
+   under Unix bitmaps live in XPMs and under Windows they're in ressources.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
+    #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(#name, wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE)
+#else // !(Windows || OS2)
+    #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM)
+#endif // platform
+
 // ===========================================================================
 // classes
 // ===========================================================================

include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h

@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFileSelectorPromptStr;
+WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr;
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // classes
@@ -105,11 +106,11 @@ public:
   
     wxDirCtrl();
     wxDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = -1, 
-	      const wxString &dir = "/",
+	      const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
 	      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 	      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 	      const long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS,
-	      const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl" );
+	      const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr );
     void ShowHidden( const bool yesno );
     void OnExpandItem(wxTreeEvent &event );
     void OnCollapseItem(wxTreeEvent &event );

include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     8/17/99
 // Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_FILEDLGG_H_
@@ -62,19 +62,19 @@ private:
     bool     m_isExe;
 
 public:
-    wxFileData() {}
+    wxFileData() { }
     wxFileData( const wxString &name, const wxString &fname );
     wxString GetName() const;
     wxString GetFullName() const;
     wxString GetHint() const;
-    wxString GetEntry( const int num );
+    wxString GetEntry( int num );
     bool IsDir();
     bool IsLink();
     bool IsExe();
     long GetSize();
     void MakeItem( wxListItem &item );
     void SetNewName( const wxString &name, const wxString &fname );
-    
+
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileData);
 };
@@ -92,11 +92,15 @@ private:
 
 public:
     wxFileCtrl();
-    wxFileCtrl( wxWindow *win, const wxWindowID id, 
-      const wxString &dirName, const wxString &wild,
-      const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, 
-      const long style = wxLC_LIST, const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-      const wxString &name = _T("filelist") );
+    wxFileCtrl( wxWindow *win,
+                wxWindowID id,
+                const wxString &dirName,
+                const wxString &wild,
+                const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxLC_LIST,
+                const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
+                const wxString &name = T("filelist") );
     void ChangeToListMode();
     void ChangeToReportMode();
     void ChangeToIconMode();
@@ -113,7 +117,7 @@ public:
     void OnListDeleteItem( wxListEvent &event );
     void OnListEndLabelEdit( wxListEvent &event );
 
-private:    
+private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrl);
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
@@ -151,7 +155,7 @@ public:
     wxString GetWildcard() const { return m_wildCard; }
     long GetStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
     int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex ; }
-    
+
     void OnSelected( wxListEvent &event );
     void OnActivated( wxListEvent &event );
     void OnList( wxCommandEvent &event );
@@ -163,7 +167,9 @@ public:
     void OnChoice( wxCommandEvent &event );
     void OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &event );
     
-protected:    
+    void HandleAction( const wxString &fn );
+
+protected:
     wxString       m_message;
     long           m_dialogStyle;
     wxString       m_dir;
@@ -176,17 +182,20 @@ protected:
     wxFileCtrl    *m_list;
     wxCheckBox    *m_check;
     wxStaticText  *m_static;
-    
+
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 };
 
-#define wxOPEN 1
-#define wxSAVE 2
-#define wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT 4
-#define wxHIDE_READONLY 8
-#define wxFILE_MUST_EXIST 16
+enum
+{
+    wxOPEN  = 1,
+    wxSAVE = 2,
+    wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT = 4,
+    wxHIDE_READONLY = 8,
+    wxFILE_MUST_EXIST = 16
+};
 
 // File selector - backward compatibility
 WXDLLEXPORT wxString

include/wx/generic/helphtml.h

@@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHTMLHelpControllerBase)
    virtual bool DisplayHelp(wxString const &) = 0;
 
    /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame.
-   virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString &title,
-                                   const wxSize &size,
-                                   const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                                   bool newFrameEachTime = FALSE)
+   virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
+                                   const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
+                                   const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
+                                   bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = FALSE)
       {
          // does nothing by default
       }
    /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help 
    /// frame.
-   virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL,
-                                   wxPoint *pos = NULL,
-                                   bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL)
+   virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
+                                   wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
+                                   bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL)
       {
          return (wxFrame*) NULL;// does nothing by default
       }

include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
        @param newmsg if used, new message to display
        @returns true if ABORT button has not been pressed
    */
-   bool Update(int value = -1, const wxString& newmsg = _T(""));
+   bool Update(int value = -1, const wxString& newmsg = T(""));
 
    /* Can be called to continue after the cancel button has been pressed, but
        the program decided to continue the operation (e.g., user didn't

include/wx/generic/statline.h

@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
     #pragma interface
 #endif
 
+class wxStaticBox;
+
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxStaticLine
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -44,6 +46,11 @@ public:
                  long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
                  const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr );
 
+    // it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we
+    // will want to return the main widget for m_statbox
+    //
+    WXWidget GetMainWidget() const;
+        
 protected:
     // we implement the static line using a static box
     wxStaticBox *m_statbox;

include/wx/generic/treectrl.h

@@ -179,10 +179,10 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrl
     wxTreeTextCtrl(void) {};
     wxTreeTextCtrl( wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id,
                     bool *accept, wxString *res, wxTreeCtrl *owner,
-                    const wxString &value = "",
+                    const wxString &value = wxEmptyString,
                     const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
                     int style = 0, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                    const wxString &name = "wxTreeTextCtrlText" );
+                    const wxString &name = wxTextCtrlNameStr );
     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
     void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
 
@@ -258,10 +258,9 @@ public:
 
         // retrieve items label
     wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-        // get the normal item image
-    int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-        // get the selected item image
-    int GetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
+        // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
+    int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
+                     wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const;
         // get the data associated with the item
     wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
 
@@ -270,10 +269,9 @@ public:
 
         // set items label
     void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text);
-        // set the normal item image
-    void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image);
-        // set the selected item image
-    void SetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image);
+        // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
+    void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image,
+                      wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal);
         // associate some data with the item
     void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data);
 
@@ -433,6 +431,16 @@ public:
         // NB: this function is not reentrant and not MT-safe (FIXME)!
     void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
 
+    // deprecated functions: use Set/GetItemImage directly
+        // get the selected item image
+    int GetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
+        { return GetItemImage(item, wxTreeItemIcon_Selected); }
+        // set the selected item image
+    void SetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image)
+        { SetItemImage(item, image, wxTreeItemIcon_Selected); }
+
+    // implementation
+
     // callbacks
     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
     void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );

include/wx/generic/wizard.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        generic/wizard.h
+// Purpose:     declaration of generic wxWizard class
+// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     28.09.99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+// Licence:     wxWindows license
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWizard
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxWizard : public wxWizardBase
+{
+public:
+    // ctor
+    wxWizard(wxWindow *parent = NULL,
+             int id = -1,
+             const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
+             const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
+             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage);
+    virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const;
+
+    // implementation only from now on
+    // -------------------------------
+
+    // is the wizard running?
+    bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; }
+
+    // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current
+    // page first and return FALSE without changing the page if it returns
+    // FALSE
+    bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = TRUE);
+
+private:
+    // event handlers
+    void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnBackOrNext(wxCommandEvent& event);
+
+    // wizard dimensions
+    int          m_x, m_y;      // the origin for the pages
+    int          m_width,       // the size of the page itself
+                 m_height;      // (total width is m_width + m_x)
+
+    // wizard state
+    wxWizardPage *m_page;       // the current page or NULL
+
+    // wizard controls
+    wxButton    *m_btnPrev,     // the "<Back" button
+                *m_btnNext;     // the "Next>" or "Finish" button
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+

include/wx/gifdecod.h

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 // Purpose:     wxGIFDecoder, GIF reader for wxImage and wxAnimation
 // Author:      Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia <guille@iies.es>
 // Version:     3.02
-// Last rev:    1999/08/18
-// Copyright:   (c) Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
+// CVS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@
 
 #include "wx/setup.h"
 
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
+#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF
+
 #include "wx/stream.h"
 #include "wx/image.h"
 
@@ -46,12 +47,10 @@ typedef struct _IMAGEN
 
 /* error codes */
 #define E_OK            0           /* everything was OK */
-#define E_ARCHIVO       -1          /* error opening file */
-#define E_FORMATO       -2          /* error in gif header */
-#define E_MEMORIA       -3          /* error allocating memory */
+#define E_FORMATO       1           /* error in gif header */
+#define E_MEMORIA       2           /* error allocating memory */
 
-
-class wxGIFDecoder
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxGIFDecoder
 {
 private:
     /* logical screen */
@@ -117,6 +116,6 @@ public:
 };
 
 
-#endif  // wxUSE_STREAM
+#endif  // wxUSE_STREAM && wxUSE_GIF
 #endif  // _WX_GIFDECOD_H
 

include/wx/gsocket.h

@@ -8,15 +8,17 @@
 #ifndef __GSOCKET_H
 #define __GSOCKET_H
 
+#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
 #include "wx/setup.h"
+#endif
 
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
+#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__)
 
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #if !defined(__cplusplus)
-typedef int bool;
+typedef unsigned int bool;
 #endif
 
 #ifndef TRUE
@@ -27,6 +29,11 @@ typedef int bool;
 #define FALSE 0
 #endif
 
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 typedef struct _GSocket GSocket;
 typedef struct _GAddress GAddress;
 
@@ -51,7 +58,7 @@ typedef enum {
   GSOCK_NOHOST,
   GSOCK_INVPORT,
   GSOCK_WOULDBLOCK,
-  GSOCK_TIMEOUT,
+  GSOCK_TIMEDOUT,
   GSOCK_MEMERR
 } GSocketError;
 
@@ -75,11 +82,8 @@ typedef int GSocketEventFlags;
 typedef void (*GSocketCallback)(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event,
                                 char *cdata);
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
 
-/* Global initialisers */
+/* Global initializers */
 
 /* GSocket_Init() must be called at the beginning */
 bool GSocket_Init();
@@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ void GSocket_Cleanup();
 GSocket *GSocket_new();
 void GSocket_destroy(GSocket *socket);
 
-/* This will disable all IO calls to this socket but errors are still available */
+/* This will disable all further IO calls to this socket */
 void GSocket_Shutdown(GSocket *socket);
 
 /* Address handling */
@@ -107,88 +111,107 @@ GSocketError GSocket_SetNonOriented(GSocket *socket);
 
 /* Server specific parts */
 
-/*
-  GSocket_SetServer() setups the socket as a server. It uses the "Local" field
-  of GSocket. "Local" must be set by GSocket_SetLocal() before
-  GSocket_SetServer() is called. In the other case, it returns GSOCK_INVADDR.
-*/
+/* GSocket_SetServer:
+ *  Sets up the socket as a server. It uses the "Local" field of GSocket.
+ *  "Local" must be set by GSocket_SetLocal() before GSocket_SetServer()
+ *  is called. Possible error codes are: GSOCK_INVSOCK if socket has not
+ *  been initialized, GSOCK_INVADDR if the local address has not been
+ *  defined and GSOCK_IOERR for other internal errors.
+ */
 GSocketError GSocket_SetServer(GSocket *socket);
 
-/*
-  GSocket_WaitConnection() waits for an incoming client connection.
-*/
+/* GSocket_WaitConnection:
+ *  Waits for an incoming client connection.
+ */
 GSocket *GSocket_WaitConnection(GSocket *socket);
 
 /* Client specific parts */
 
-/*
-  GSocket_Connect() establishes a client connection to a server using the "Peer"
-  field of GSocket. "Peer" must be set by GSocket_SetPeer() before
-  GSocket_Connect() is called. In the other case, it returns GSOCK_INVADDR.
-*/
+/* GSocket_Connect:
+ *  Establishes a client connection to a server using the "Peer"
+ *  field of GSocket. "Peer" must be set by GSocket_SetPeer() before
+ *  GSocket_Connect() is called. Possible error codes are GSOCK_INVSOCK,
+ *  GSOCK_INVADDR, GSOCK_TIMEDOUT, GSOCK_WOULDBLOCK and GSOCK_IOERR.
+ *  If a socket is nonblocking and Connect() returns GSOCK_WOULDBLOCK,
+ *  the connection request can be completed later. Use GSocket_Select()
+ *  to check it, or wait for a GSOCK_CONNECTION event.
+ */
 GSocketError GSocket_Connect(GSocket *socket, GSocketStream stream);
 
 /* Generic IO */
 
 /* Like recv(), send(), ... */
-/*
-   NOTE: In case we read from a non-oriented connection, the incoming (outgoing)
-   connection address is stored in the "Local" ("Peer") field.
-*/
+
+/* NOTE: In case we read from a non-oriented connection, the incoming
+ * (outgoing) connection address is stored in the "Local" ("Peer")
+ * field.
+ */
 int GSocket_Read(GSocket *socket, char *buffer, int size);
 int GSocket_Write(GSocket *socket, const char *buffer,
                   int size);
-bool GSocket_DataAvailable(GSocket *socket);
+
+/* GSocket_Select:
+ *  Polls the socket to determine its status. This function will
+ *  check for the events specified in the 'flags' parameter, and
+ *  it will return a mask indicating which operations can be
+ *  performed. This function won't block, regardless of the
+ *  mode (blocking|nonblocking) of the socket.
+ */
+GSocketEventFlags GSocket_Select(GSocket *socket, GSocketEventFlags flags);
 
 /* Flags/Parameters */
 
-/*
-  GSocket_SetTimeout() sets the timeout for reading and writing IO call. Time
-  is expressed in milliseconds.
+/* GSocket_SetTimeout:
+ *  Sets the timeout for blocking calls. Time is
+ *  expressed in milliseconds.
  */
 void GSocket_SetTimeout(GSocket *socket, unsigned long millisec);
 
-/*
-  GSocket_SetBlocking() puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is useful
-  if we don't want to wait.
-*/
+/* GSocket_SetNonBlocking:
+ *  Sets the socket to non-blocking mode. This is useful if
+ *  we don't want to wait.
+ */
 void GSocket_SetNonBlocking(GSocket *socket, bool non_block);
 
-/*
-  GSocket_GetError() returns the last error occured on the socket stream.
-*/
-
+/* GSocket_GetError:
+ *  Returns the last error occured for this socket.
+ */
 GSocketError GSocket_GetError(GSocket *socket);
 
 /* Callbacks */
 
-/*
-   Only one fallback is possible for each event (INPUT, OUTPUT, CONNECTION, LOST)
-   INPUT: The function is called when there is at least a byte in the
-          input buffer
-   OUTPUT: The function is called when the system is sure the next write call
-           will not block
-   CONNECTION: Two cases is possible:
-             Client socket -> the connection is established
-             Server socket -> a client request a connection
-   LOST: the connection is lost
+/* Only one callback is possible for each event (INPUT, OUTPUT, CONNECTION
+ * and LOST). The callbacks are called in the following situations:
+ *
+ * INPUT: There is at least one byte in the input buffer
+ * OUTPUT: The system is sure that the next write call will not block
+ * CONNECTION: Two cases are possible:
+ *           Client socket -> the connection is established
+ *           Server socket -> a client requests a connection
+ * LOST: The connection is lost
+ *
+ * An event is generated only once and its state is reseted when the
+ * relative IO call is requested.
+ * For example: INPUT -> GSocket_Read()
+ *              CONNECTION -> GSocket_Accept()
+ */
 
-   SetCallback accepts a combination of these flags so a same callback can
-   receive different events.
-
-   An event is generated only once and its state is reseted when the relative
-   IO call is requested.
-   For example: INPUT -> GSocket_Read()
-                CONNECTION -> GSocket_Accept()
-*/
-void GSocket_SetCallback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEventFlags event,
+/* GSocket_SetCallback:
+ *  Enables the callbacks specified by 'flags'. Note that 'flags'
+ *  may be a combination of flags OR'ed toghether, so the same
+ *  callback function can be made to accept different events.
+ *  The callback function must have the following prototype:
+ *
+ *  void function(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event, char *cdata)
+ */
+void GSocket_SetCallback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEventFlags flags,
                          GSocketCallback fallback, char *cdata);
 
-/*
-  UnsetCallback will disables all fallbacks specified by "event".
-  NOTE: event may be a combination of flags
-*/
-void GSocket_UnsetCallback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEventFlags event);
+/* GSocket_UnsetCallback:
+ *  Disables all callbacks specified by 'flags', which may be a
+ *  combination of flags OR'ed toghether.
+ */
+void GSocket_UnsetCallback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEventFlags flags);
 
 /* GAddress */
 
@@ -199,11 +222,10 @@ void GAddress_destroy(GAddress *address);
 void GAddress_SetFamily(GAddress *address, GAddressType type);
 GAddressType GAddress_GetFamily(GAddress *address);
 
-/*
-   The use of any of the next functions will set the address family to the adapted
-   one. For example if you use GAddress_INET_SetHostName, address family will be AF_INET
-   implicitely
-*/
+/* The use of any of the next functions will set the address family to
+ * the specific one. For example if you use GAddress_INET_SetHostName,
+ * address family will be implicitly set to AF_INET.
+ */
 
 GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetHostName(GAddress *address, const char *hostname);
 GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetHostAddress(GAddress *address,
@@ -222,23 +244,11 @@ unsigned short GAddress_INET_GetPort(GAddress *address);
 GSocketError GAddress_UNIX_SetPath(GAddress *address, const char *path);
 GSocketError GAddress_UNIX_GetPath(GAddress *address, char *path, size_t sbuf);
 
-/*
- * System specific functions
- */
-
-/* On systems needing an event id */
-void GSocket_SetEventID(GSocket *socket, unsigned long evt_id);
-
-/* On systems which don't have background refresh */
-void GSocket_DoEvent(unsigned long evt_id);
-
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 };
 #endif /* __cplusplus */
 
 
-#endif
-    /* wxUSE_SOCKETS */
+#endif    /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */
 
-#endif
-    /* __GSOCKET_H */
+#endif    /* __GSOCKET_H */

include/wx/gtk/font.h

@@ -7,12 +7,11 @@
 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-
 #ifndef __GTKFONTH__
 #define __GTKFONTH__
 
 #ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface
+    #pragma interface
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
@@ -21,103 +20,90 @@
 #include "wx/hash.h"
 #include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class wxDC;
 class wxPaintDC;
 class wxWindow;
 
 class wxFont;
-/*
-class wxFontNameDirectory;
-*/
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-/*
-extern wxFontNameDirectory *wxTheFontNameDirectory;
-*/
 extern const wxChar* wxEmptyString;
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxFont
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-class wxFont: public wxGDIObject
+class wxFont : public wxFontBase
 {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
-
 public:
-  wxFont();
-  wxFont( int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined = FALSE, 
-          const wxString& face = wxEmptyString );
-  wxFont( const wxFont& font );
-  ~wxFont();
-  wxFont& operator = ( const wxFont& font );
-  bool operator == ( const wxFont& font ) const;
-  bool operator != ( const wxFont& font ) const;
-  bool Ok() const;
+    // ctors and such
+    wxFont() { Init(); }
+    wxFont(const wxFont& font) { Init(); Ref(font); }
 
-  int GetPointSize() const;
-  int GetFamily() const;
-  int GetStyle() const;
-  int GetWeight() const;
-  bool GetUnderlined() const;
+    // assignment
+    wxFont& operator=(const wxFont& font);
 
-  void SetPointSize( int pointSize );
-  void SetFamily( int family );
-  void SetStyle( int style );
-  void SetWeight( int weight );
-  void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
-  void SetUnderlined( bool underlined );
-    
-  wxString GetFaceName() const;
-  wxString GetFamilyString() const;
-  wxString GetStyleString() const;
-  wxString GetWeightString() const;
-    
-  // implementation
-  
-  wxFont( GdkFont* font, char *xFontName );
-  void Unshare();
+    wxFont(int size,
+           int family,
+           int style,
+           int weight,
+           bool underlined = FALSE,
+           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        Init();
 
-  GdkFont* GetInternalFont(float scale = 1.0) const;
+        (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
 
-  // no data :-)
+    bool Create(int size,
+                int family,
+                int style,
+                int weight,
+                bool underlined = FALSE,
+                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
+
+    ~wxFont();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual int GetPointSize() const;
+    virtual int GetFamily() const;
+    virtual int GetStyle() const;
+    virtual int GetWeight() const;
+    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
+    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
+    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
+
+    virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize );
+    virtual void SetFamily( int family );
+    virtual void SetStyle( int style );
+    virtual void SetWeight( int weight );
+    virtual void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
+    virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined );
+    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    wxFont( GdkFont* font, char *xFontName );
+    void Unshare();
+
+    GdkFont* GetInternalFont(float scale = 1.0) const;
+
+    // no data :-)
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
 };
 
-/*
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDirectory
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxFontNameDirectory: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontNameDirectory)
-
-  public:
-    wxFontNameDirectory();
-    ~wxFontNameDirectory();
-
-    void  Initialize();
-    void  Initialize(int fontid, int family, const char *name);
-
-    int   FindOrCreateFontId(const char *name, int family);
-    char* GetAFMName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-    int   GetFamily(int fontid);
-    int   GetFontId(const char *name);
-    char* GetFontName(int fontid);
-    int   GetNewFontId();
-    char* GetPostScriptName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-    char* GetScreenName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-
-    class wxHashTable *table;
-    int   nextFontId;
-};
-*/
-
 #endif // __GTKFONTH__

include/wx/gtk/frame.h

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public:
 
 #if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
     virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number=1, long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP, wxWindowID id = 0,
-            const wxString& name = _T("statusBar"));
+            const wxString& name = T("statusBar"));
     virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar( int number, long style, wxWindowID id,
             const wxString& name );
     virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const;

include/wx/gtk/listbox.h

@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ public:
     GtkWidget *GetConnectWidget();
     bool IsOwnGtkWindow( GdkWindow *window );
     void ApplyWidgetStyle();
+    void OnInternalIdle();
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
     void ApplyToolTip( GtkTooltips *tips, const wxChar *tip );

include/wx/gtk/mdi.h

@@ -115,14 +115,18 @@ class wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame
   virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
 
   virtual void GetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-  virtual void AddChild( wxWindow *child );
+  virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
 
   virtual void Activate();
     
 #if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
     // no status bars
-  virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar( int WXUNUSED(number)=1, long WXUNUSED(style)=1, 
-    wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id)=1, const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)=WXSTRINGCAST NULL ) {return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
+  virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar( int WXUNUSED(number) = 1,
+                                        long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, 
+                                        wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id) = 1,
+                                        const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString)
+    { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
+
   virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
   virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {}
   virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {}

include/wx/gtk/tbargtk.h

@@ -48,11 +48,7 @@ extern const wxChar *wxToolBarNameStr;
 
 class wxToolBar: public wxControl
 {
-  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-  
-  public:
-
+public:
     wxToolBar(void);
     wxToolBar( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, 
       const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
@@ -120,6 +116,12 @@ class wxToolBar: public wxControl
     int           m_xMargin;
     int           m_yMargin;
     bool          m_hasToolAlready;
+    
+    void OnInternalIdle();
+    
+private:
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
 };
 
 #endif

include/wx/gtk/timer.h

@@ -24,22 +24,6 @@
 
 class wxTimer;
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* Timer functions (milliseconds) */
-void wxStartTimer();
-
-/* Gets time since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime */
-long wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = TRUE);
-
-/* EXPERIMENTAL: comment this out if it doesn't compile. */
-bool wxGetLocalTime(long *timeZone, int *dstObserved);
-
-/* Get number of seconds since 00:00:00 GMT, Jan 1st 1970. */
-long wxGetCurrentTime();
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxTimer
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

include/wx/gtk/win_gtk.h

@@ -25,6 +25,14 @@ extern "C" {
 #define GTK_MYFIXED_CLASS(klass)  GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, gtk_myfixed_get_type (), GtkMyFixedClass)
 #define GTK_IS_MYFIXED(obj)       GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, gtk_myfixed_get_type ())
 
+/* Shadow types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_NONE,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_THIN,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_IN,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_OUT,
+} GtkMyShadowType;
 
 typedef struct _GtkMyFixed        GtkMyFixed;
 typedef struct _GtkMyFixedClass   GtkMyFixedClass;
@@ -35,7 +43,7 @@ struct _GtkMyFixed
   GtkContainer container;
   GList *children;
 #if (GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 0)
-  GtkShadowType shadow_type;
+  GtkMyShadowType shadow_type;
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -63,7 +71,7 @@ guint      gtk_myfixed_get_type        (void);
 GtkWidget* gtk_myfixed_new             (void);
 #if (GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 0)
 void       gtk_myfixed_set_shadow_type (GtkMyFixed     *myfixed,
-				        GtkShadowType  type);
+				        GtkMyShadowType  type);
 #endif
 void       gtk_myfixed_put             (GtkMyFixed     *myfixed,
                                         GtkWidget      *widget,

include/wx/gtk/window.h

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
     virtual void SetFocus();
     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
 
-    virtual bool Reparent( wxWindow *newParent );
+    virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
 
     virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
     virtual void CaptureMouse();

include/wx/gtk1/font.h

@@ -7,12 +7,11 @@
 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-
 #ifndef __GTKFONTH__
 #define __GTKFONTH__
 
 #ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface
+    #pragma interface
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
@@ -21,103 +20,90 @@
 #include "wx/hash.h"
 #include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class wxDC;
 class wxPaintDC;
 class wxWindow;
 
 class wxFont;
-/*
-class wxFontNameDirectory;
-*/
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-/*
-extern wxFontNameDirectory *wxTheFontNameDirectory;
-*/
 extern const wxChar* wxEmptyString;
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxFont
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-class wxFont: public wxGDIObject
+class wxFont : public wxFontBase
 {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
-
 public:
-  wxFont();
-  wxFont( int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined = FALSE, 
-          const wxString& face = wxEmptyString );
-  wxFont( const wxFont& font );
-  ~wxFont();
-  wxFont& operator = ( const wxFont& font );
-  bool operator == ( const wxFont& font ) const;
-  bool operator != ( const wxFont& font ) const;
-  bool Ok() const;
+    // ctors and such
+    wxFont() { Init(); }
+    wxFont(const wxFont& font) { Init(); Ref(font); }
 
-  int GetPointSize() const;
-  int GetFamily() const;
-  int GetStyle() const;
-  int GetWeight() const;
-  bool GetUnderlined() const;
+    // assignment
+    wxFont& operator=(const wxFont& font);
 
-  void SetPointSize( int pointSize );
-  void SetFamily( int family );
-  void SetStyle( int style );
-  void SetWeight( int weight );
-  void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
-  void SetUnderlined( bool underlined );
-    
-  wxString GetFaceName() const;
-  wxString GetFamilyString() const;
-  wxString GetStyleString() const;
-  wxString GetWeightString() const;
-    
-  // implementation
-  
-  wxFont( GdkFont* font, char *xFontName );
-  void Unshare();
+    wxFont(int size,
+           int family,
+           int style,
+           int weight,
+           bool underlined = FALSE,
+           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
+    {
+        Init();
 
-  GdkFont* GetInternalFont(float scale = 1.0) const;
+        (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
+    }
 
-  // no data :-)
+    bool Create(int size,
+                int family,
+                int style,
+                int weight,
+                bool underlined = FALSE,
+                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
+                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
+
+    ~wxFont();
+
+    // implement base class pure virtuals
+    virtual int GetPointSize() const;
+    virtual int GetFamily() const;
+    virtual int GetStyle() const;
+    virtual int GetWeight() const;
+    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
+    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
+    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
+
+    virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize );
+    virtual void SetFamily( int family );
+    virtual void SetStyle( int style );
+    virtual void SetWeight( int weight );
+    virtual void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
+    virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined );
+    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
+
+    // implementation from now on
+    wxFont( GdkFont* font, char *xFontName );
+    void Unshare();
+
+    GdkFont* GetInternalFont(float scale = 1.0) const;
+
+    // no data :-)
+
+protected:
+    // common part of all ctors
+    void Init();
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
 };
 
-/*
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDirectory
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxFontNameDirectory: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontNameDirectory)
-
-  public:
-    wxFontNameDirectory();
-    ~wxFontNameDirectory();
-
-    void  Initialize();
-    void  Initialize(int fontid, int family, const char *name);
-
-    int   FindOrCreateFontId(const char *name, int family);
-    char* GetAFMName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-    int   GetFamily(int fontid);
-    int   GetFontId(const char *name);
-    char* GetFontName(int fontid);
-    int   GetNewFontId();
-    char* GetPostScriptName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-    char* GetScreenName(int fontid, int weight, int style);
-
-    class wxHashTable *table;
-    int   nextFontId;
-};
-*/
-
 #endif // __GTKFONTH__

include/wx/gtk1/frame.h

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public:
 
 #if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
     virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number=1, long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP, wxWindowID id = 0,
-            const wxString& name = _T("statusBar"));
+            const wxString& name = T("statusBar"));
     virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar( int number, long style, wxWindowID id,
             const wxString& name );
     virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const;

include/wx/gtk1/listbox.h

@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ public:
     GtkWidget *GetConnectWidget();
     bool IsOwnGtkWindow( GdkWindow *window );
     void ApplyWidgetStyle();
+    void OnInternalIdle();
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
     void ApplyToolTip( GtkTooltips *tips, const wxChar *tip );

include/wx/gtk1/mdi.h

@@ -115,14 +115,18 @@ class wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame
   virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
 
   virtual void GetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-  virtual void AddChild( wxWindow *child );
+  virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
 
   virtual void Activate();
     
 #if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
     // no status bars
-  virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar( int WXUNUSED(number)=1, long WXUNUSED(style)=1, 
-    wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id)=1, const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)=WXSTRINGCAST NULL ) {return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
+  virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar( int WXUNUSED(number) = 1,
+                                        long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, 
+                                        wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id) = 1,
+                                        const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString)
+    { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
+
   virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; }
   virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {}
   virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {}

include/wx/gtk1/tbargtk.h

@@ -48,11 +48,7 @@ extern const wxChar *wxToolBarNameStr;
 
 class wxToolBar: public wxControl
 {
-  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-  
-  public:
-
+public:
     wxToolBar(void);
     wxToolBar( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, 
       const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
@@ -120,6 +116,12 @@ class wxToolBar: public wxControl
     int           m_xMargin;
     int           m_yMargin;
     bool          m_hasToolAlready;
+    
+    void OnInternalIdle();
+    
+private:
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
 };
 
 #endif

include/wx/gtk1/timer.h

@@ -24,22 +24,6 @@
 
 class wxTimer;
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* Timer functions (milliseconds) */
-void wxStartTimer();
-
-/* Gets time since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime */
-long wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = TRUE);
-
-/* EXPERIMENTAL: comment this out if it doesn't compile. */
-bool wxGetLocalTime(long *timeZone, int *dstObserved);
-
-/* Get number of seconds since 00:00:00 GMT, Jan 1st 1970. */
-long wxGetCurrentTime();
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxTimer
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

include/wx/gtk1/win_gtk.h

@@ -25,6 +25,14 @@ extern "C" {
 #define GTK_MYFIXED_CLASS(klass)  GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, gtk_myfixed_get_type (), GtkMyFixedClass)
 #define GTK_IS_MYFIXED(obj)       GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, gtk_myfixed_get_type ())
 
+/* Shadow types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_NONE,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_THIN,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_IN,
+  GTK_MYSHADOW_OUT,
+} GtkMyShadowType;
 
 typedef struct _GtkMyFixed        GtkMyFixed;
 typedef struct _GtkMyFixedClass   GtkMyFixedClass;
@@ -35,7 +43,7 @@ struct _GtkMyFixed
   GtkContainer container;
   GList *children;
 #if (GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 0)
-  GtkShadowType shadow_type;
+  GtkMyShadowType shadow_type;
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -63,7 +71,7 @@ guint      gtk_myfixed_get_type        (void);
 GtkWidget* gtk_myfixed_new             (void);
 #if (GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 0)
 void       gtk_myfixed_set_shadow_type (GtkMyFixed     *myfixed,
-				        GtkShadowType  type);
+				        GtkMyShadowType  type);
 #endif
 void       gtk_myfixed_put             (GtkMyFixed     *myfixed,
                                         GtkWidget      *widget,

include/wx/gtk1/window.h

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
     virtual void SetFocus();
     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
 
-    virtual bool Reparent( wxWindow *newParent );
+    virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
 
     virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
     virtual void CaptureMouse();

include/wx/helpbase.h

@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerBase: public wxObject
   // Must call this to set the filename and server name.
   // server is only required when implementing TCP/IP-based
   // help controllers.
-  virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file), int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return FALSE; };
-  virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file) = 0;
+  virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file), int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return FALSE; }
+  virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file)) { return FALSE; }
 
   // Set viewer: only relevant to some kinds of controller
   virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {}
@@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerBase: public wxObject
   virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) = 0;
   virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k) = 0;
   /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame.
-  virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString &title,
-                                   const wxSize &size,
-                                   const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                                   bool newFrameEachTime = FALSE)
+  virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
+                                   const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
+                                   const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
+                                   bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = FALSE)
       {
          // does nothing by default
       }
    /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help 
    /// frame.
-   virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL,
-                                   wxPoint *pos = NULL,
-                                   bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL)
+   virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
+                                   wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
+                                   bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL)
       {
          return (wxFrame*) NULL;// does nothing by default
       }

include/wx/html/forcelnk.h

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        forcelink.h
+// Name:        forcelnk.h
 // Purpose:     see bellow
 // Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 /*
@@ -36,8 +37,8 @@ See mod_*.cpp and htmlwin.cpp for example :-)
 */
 
 
-#ifndef __FORCELINK_H__
-#define __FORCELINK_H__
+#ifndef _WX_FORCELNK_H_
+#define _WX_FORCELNK_H_
 
 
 
@@ -56,4 +57,4 @@ See mod_*.cpp and htmlwin.cpp for example :-)
                                _link_dummy_func_##module_name ();
 
 
-#endif // __FORCELINK_H__
+#endif // _WX_FORCELNK_H_

include/wx/html/helpctrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        helpctrl.h
+// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpController
+// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
+//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
+// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
+#define _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_HTML
+
+#include "helpfrm.h"
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpController : public wxEvtHandler
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController)
+
+public:
+    wxHtmlHelpController();
+    virtual ~wxHtmlHelpController();
+
+    void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
+    void SetTempDir(const wxString& path) { m_helpData.SetTempDir(path); }
+    bool AddBook(const wxString& book, bool show_wait_msg = FALSE);
+    bool Display(const wxString& x) {
+	CreateHelpWindow(); return m_helpFrame->Display(x);
+    }
+    bool Display(int id) {
+	CreateHelpWindow(); return m_helpFrame->Display(id);
+    }
+    bool DisplayContents() {
+	CreateHelpWindow(); return m_helpFrame->DisplayContents();
+    }
+    bool DisplayIndex() {
+	CreateHelpWindow(); return m_helpFrame->DisplayIndex();
+    }
+    bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword) {
+	CreateHelpWindow(); return KeywordSearch(keyword);
+    }
+    wxHtmlHelpFrame* GetFrame() { return m_helpFrame; }
+    void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString) {
+	m_Config = config; m_ConfigRoot = rootpath;
+	ReadCustomization(config, rootpath);
+    }
+    // Assigns config object to the Ctrl. This config is then
+    // used in subsequent calls to Read/WriteCustomization of both help
+    // Ctrl and it's wxHtmlWindow
+    virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
+    virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
+    virtual void CreateHelpWindow(bool show_progress = FALSE);
+    virtual void DestroyHelpWindow() {
+	//if (m_Config) WriteCustomization(m_Config, m_ConfigRoot);
+	if (m_helpFrame) m_helpFrame->Destroy();
+    }
+protected:
+    void OnCloseFrame(wxCloseEvent& evt) { m_helpFrame = NULL; evt.Skip(); }
+    wxHtmlHelpData m_helpData;
+    wxHtmlHelpFrame* m_helpFrame;
+    wxConfigBase *m_Config;
+    wxString m_ConfigRoot;
+    wxString m_titleFormat;
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // _WX_HELPCTRL_H_

include/wx/html/helpdata.h

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        helpdata.h
+// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpData
+// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
+//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
+// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_HELPDATA_H_
+#define _WX_HELPDATA_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_HTML
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/filesys.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// helper classes & structs
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlBookRecord : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+    wxHtmlBookRecord(const wxString& basepath, const wxString& title,
+		     const wxString& start) {
+	m_BasePath = basepath; m_Title = title; m_Start = start;
+	// for debugging, give the contents index obvious default values
+	contents_start = contents_end = -1;
+    }
+    wxString GetTitle() const {return m_Title;}
+    wxString GetStart() const {return m_Start;}
+    wxString GetBasePath() const {return m_BasePath;}
+    /* SetContentsRange: store in the bookrecord where in the index/contents lists the
+     * book's records are stored. This to facilitate searching in a specific book.
+     * This code will have to be revised when loading/removing books becomes dynamic.
+     * (as opposed to appending only)
+     * Note that storing index range is pointless, because the index is alphab. sorted. */
+    void SetContentsRange(int start, int end) { contents_start = start; contents_end = end; }
+    int GetContentsStart() const { return contents_start; }
+    int GetContentsEnd() const { return contents_end; }
+protected:
+    wxString m_BasePath;
+    wxString m_Title;
+    wxString m_Start;
+    int contents_start;
+    int contents_end;
+};
+
+
+#undef WXDLLEXPORTLOCAL
+#define WXDLLEXPORTLOCAL WXDLLEXPORT
+     // ?? Don't know why - but Allen Van Sickel reported it to fix problems with DLL
+WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlBookRecord, wxHtmlBookRecArray);
+
+#undef WXDLLEXPORTLOCAL
+#define WXDLLEXPORTLOCAL
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    short int m_Level;
+    int m_ID;
+    char* m_Name;
+    char* m_Page;
+    wxHtmlBookRecord *m_Book;
+} wxHtmlContentsItem;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxSearchEngine
+//                  This class takes input streams and scans them for occurence
+//                  of keyword(s)
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxSearchEngine : public wxObject
+{
+private:
+    char *m_Keyword;
+
+public:
+    wxSearchEngine() : wxObject() {m_Keyword = NULL;}
+    ~wxSearchEngine() {if (m_Keyword) free(m_Keyword);}
+
+    virtual void LookFor(const wxString& keyword);
+    // Sets the keyword we will be searching for
+
+    virtual bool Scan(wxInputStream *stream);
+    // Scans the stream for the keyword.
+    // Returns TRUE if the stream contains keyword, fALSE otherwise
+};
+
+class wxHtmlHelpData;
+
+// State information of a search action. I'd have prefered to make this a nested
+// class inside wxHtmlHelpData, but that's against coding standards :-(
+// Never construct this class yourself, obtain a copy from
+// wxHtmlHelpData::PrepareKeywordSearch(const wxString& key)
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlSearchStatus
+{
+public:
+    // constructor; supply wxHtmlHelpData ptr, the keyword and (optionally) the
+    // title of the book to search. By default, all books are searched.
+    wxHtmlSearchStatus(wxHtmlHelpData* base, const wxString& keyword,
+		       const wxString& book = wxEmptyString);
+    bool Search(); // do the next iteration
+    bool IsActive() { return m_Active; }
+    int GetCurIndex() { return m_CurIndex; }
+    int GetMaxIndex() { return m_MaxIndex; }
+    const wxString& GetName() { return m_Name; }
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContentsItem() { return m_ContentsItem; }
+private:
+    wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
+    wxSearchEngine m_Engine;
+    wxString m_Keyword, m_Name, m_LastPage;
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_ContentsItem;
+    bool m_Active; // search is not finished
+    int m_CurIndex; // where we are now
+    int m_MaxIndex; // number of files we search
+    // For progress bar: 100*curindex/maxindex = % complete
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpData : public wxObject
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData)
+
+    friend class wxHtmlSearchStatus;
+
+public:
+    wxHtmlHelpData();
+    ~wxHtmlHelpData();
+
+    void SetTempDir(const wxString& path);
+    // Sets directory where temporary files are stored.
+    // These temp files are index & contents file in binary (much faster to read)
+    // form. These files are NOT deleted on program's exit.
+
+    bool AddBook(const wxString& book);
+    // Adds new book. 'book' is location of .htb file (stands for "html book").
+    // See documentation for details on its format.
+    // Returns success.
+    bool AddBookParam(const wxString& title, const wxString& contfile,
+		      const wxString& indexfile=wxEmptyString,
+		      const wxString& deftopic=wxEmptyString,
+		      const wxString& path=wxEmptyString);
+
+    // Some accessing stuff
+    wxString FindPageByName(const wxString& page);
+    // returns URL of page on basis of (file)name
+    wxString FindPageById(int id);
+    // returns URL of page on basis of MS id
+
+    const wxHtmlBookRecArray& GetBookRecArray() { return m_BookRecords; }
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContents() { return m_Contents; }
+    int GetContentsCnt() { return m_ContentsCnt; }
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* GetIndex() { return m_Index; }
+    int GetIndexCnt() { return m_IndexCnt; }
+
+protected:
+    wxString m_TempPath;
+
+    wxHtmlBookRecArray m_BookRecords;
+    // each book has one record in this array
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_Contents;
+    int m_ContentsCnt;
+    // list of all available books and pages.
+    wxHtmlContentsItem* m_Index;
+    int m_IndexCnt;
+    // list of index items
+
+protected:
+    bool LoadMSProject(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxFileSystem& fsys,
+		       const wxString& indexfile, const wxString& contentsfile);
+    // Imports .hhp files (MS HTML Help Workshop)
+    bool LoadCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxInputStream *f);
+    // Reads binary book
+    bool SaveCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxOutputStream *f);
+    // Writes binary book
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif

include/wx/html/helpfrm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        helpfrm.h
+// Purpose:     wxHtmlHelpFrame
+// Notes:       Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
+//              HTML Help controller class,  by Vaclav Slavik
+// Author:      Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_HELPFRM_H_
+#define _WX_HELPFRM_H_
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma interface
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_HTML
+
+#include "helpdata.h"
+#include "wx/window.h"
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+#include "wx/config.h"
+#include "wx/splitter.h"
+#include "wx/notebook.h"
+#include "wx/listbox.h"
+#include "wx/choice.h"
+#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
+
+// style flags for the Help Frame
+const int wxHF_TOOLBAR = 1;
+const int wxHF_CONTENTS = 2;
+const int wxHF_INDEX = 4;
+const int wxHF_SEARCH = 8;
+const int wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE = -1;
+
+// Command IDs :
+enum {
+    wxID_HTML_PANEL = wxID_HIGHEST + 1,
+    wxID_HTML_BACK,
+    wxID_HTML_FORWARD,
+    wxID_HTML_TREECTRL,
+    wxID_HTML_INDEXPAGE,
+    wxID_HTML_INDEXLIST,
+    wxID_HTML_NOTEBOOK,
+    wxID_HTML_SEARCHPAGE,
+    wxID_HTML_SEARCHTEXT,
+    wxID_HTML_SEARCHLIST,
+    wxID_HTML_SEARCHBUTTON,
+    wxID_HTML_SEARCHCHOICE,
+    wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME // the id of wxHtmlHelpController's helpframe
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg
+{
+public:
+    wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg() {};
+	long x, y, w, h;
+	long sashpos;
+	bool navig_on;
+	int style; // flags given to wxHtmlHelpFrame ctor
+	wxString titleformat;
+};
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlHelpFrame : public wxFrame
+{
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame)
+
+public:
+    wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); }
+    wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxWindow* parent, int wxWindowID,
+		    const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
+		    int style = wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
+    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
+		int style = wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE);
+    ~wxHtmlHelpFrame();
+
+    wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; }
+
+    void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format) {
+	if (m_HtmlWin)
+	    m_HtmlWin->SetRelatedFrame(this, format);
+	m_TitleFormat = format;
+    }
+    // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s"
+    // (for title of displayed HTML page)
+
+    bool Display(const wxString& x);
+    // Displays page x. If not found it will offect the user a choice of
+    // searching books.
+    // Looking for the page runs in these steps:
+    // 1. try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm")
+    // 2. try to open starting page of book x
+    // 3. try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...")
+    // 4. try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...")
+    bool Display(const int id);
+    // Alternative version that works with numeric ID.
+    // (uses extension to MS format, <param name="ID" value=id>, see docs)
+
+    bool DisplayContents();
+    // Displays help window and focuses contents.
+
+    bool DisplayIndex();
+    // Displays help window and focuses index.
+
+    bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword);
+    // Searches for keyword. Returns TRUE and display page if found, return
+    // FALSE otherwise
+    // Syntax of keyword is Altavista-like:
+    // * words are separated by spaces
+    //   (but "\"hello world\"" is only one world "hello world")
+    // * word may be pretended by + or -
+    //   (+ : page must contain the word ; - : page can't contain the word)
+    // * if there is no + or - before the word, + is default
+    void RefreshLists(bool show_progress = FALSE);
+    // Refreshes Contents and Index tabs
+    void CreateContents(bool show_progress = FALSE);
+    // Adds items to m_Contents tree control
+    void CreateIndex(bool show_progress = FALSE);
+    // Adds items to m_IndexList
+    void CreateSearch();
+    // Add books to search choice panel
+    void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString) {
+	m_Config = config; m_ConfigRoot = rootpath;
+	ReadCustomization(config, rootpath);
+    }
+    void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
+    // saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
+    // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
+    // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
+    void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
+    // ...
+    void OnToolbar(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnContentsSel(wxTreeEvent& event);
+    void OnIndexSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnSearchSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnSearch(wxCommandEvent& event);
+    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
+
+    // Images:
+    enum {
+	IMG_Book = 0,
+	IMG_Folder,
+	IMG_Page
+    };
+
+protected:
+    wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
+    bool m_DataCreated; // m_Data created by frame, or supplied?
+    wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame
+    // below are various pointers to GUI components
+    wxHtmlWindow *m_HtmlWin;
+    wxSplitterWindow *m_Splitter;
+    wxNotebook *m_NavigPan;
+    wxTreeCtrl *m_ContentsBox;
+    wxImageList *m_ContentsImageList;
+    wxListBox *m_IndexBox;
+    wxTextCtrl *m_SearchText;
+    wxButton *m_SearchButton;
+    wxListBox *m_SearchList;
+    wxChoice *m_SearchChoice;
+
+    wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg m_Cfg;
+    wxConfigBase *m_Config;
+    wxString m_ConfigRoot;
+
+    // pagenumbers of controls in notebook (usually 0,1,2)
+    int m_ContentsPage;
+    int m_IndexPage;
+    int m_SearchPage;
+
+protected:
+    void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
+
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif

include/wx/html/htmlcell.h

@@ -3,16 +3,17 @@
 // Purpose:     wxHtmlCell class is used by wxHtmlWindow/wxHtmlWinParser
 //              as a basic visual element of HTML page
 // Author:      Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
 // Licence:     wxWindows Licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 
-#ifndef __HTMLCELL_H__
-#define __HTMLCELL_H__
+#ifndef _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
+#define _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
 
 #ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "htmlcell.h"
+#pragma interface
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
@@ -36,32 +37,21 @@ class wxHtmlContainerCell;
 
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlCell : public wxObject
 {
-    protected:
-        wxHtmlCell *m_Next;
-                // pointer to the next cell
-        wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Parent;
-            // pointer to parent cell
-        long m_Width, m_Height, m_Descent;
-                // dimensions of fragment
-                // m_Descent is used to position text&images..
-        long m_PosX, m_PosY;
-                // position where the fragment is drawn
-        wxString m_Link;
-                // destination address if this fragment is hypertext link, "" otherwise
-
     public:
         wxHtmlCell() : wxObject() {m_Next = NULL; m_Parent = NULL; m_Width = m_Height = m_Descent = 0;};
         virtual ~wxHtmlCell() {if (m_Next) delete m_Next;};
-    
+
         void SetParent(wxHtmlContainerCell *p) {m_Parent = p;}
         wxHtmlContainerCell *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
-            
+
         int GetPosX() const {return m_PosX;}
         int GetPosY() const {return m_PosY;}
         int GetWidth() const {return m_Width;}
         int GetHeight() const {return m_Height;}
         int GetDescent() const {return m_Descent;}
-        virtual wxString GetLink(int x = 0, int y = 0) const {return m_Link;}
+        virtual wxString GetLink(int WXUNUSED(x) = 0,
+                                 int WXUNUSED(y) = 0) const
+            { return m_Link; }
                 // returns the link associated with this cell. The position is position within
                 // the cell so it varies from 0 to m_Width, from 0 to m_Height
         wxHtmlCell *GetNext() const {return m_Next;}
@@ -84,7 +74,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlCell : public wxObject
         virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y) {if (m_Next) m_Next -> DrawInvisible(dc, x, y);};
                 // proceed drawing actions in case the cell is not visible (scrolled out of screen).
                 // This is needed to change fonts, colors and so on
-        
+
         virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const {if (m_Next) return m_Next -> Find(condition, param); else return NULL;}
                 // This method returns pointer to the FIRST cell for that
                 // the condition
@@ -104,6 +94,21 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlCell : public wxObject
                 // Parent is pointer to wxHtmlWindow that generated the event
                 // HINT: if this handling is not enough for you you should use
                 //       wxHtmlBinderCell
+
+
+    protected:
+        wxHtmlCell *m_Next;
+                // pointer to the next cell
+        wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Parent;
+            // pointer to parent cell
+        long m_Width, m_Height, m_Descent;
+                // dimensions of fragment
+                // m_Descent is used to position text&images..
+        long m_PosX, m_PosY;
+                // position where the fragment is drawn
+        wxString m_Link;
+                // destination address if this fragment is hypertext link, "" otherwise
+
 };
 
 
@@ -170,7 +175,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlContainerCell : public wxHtmlCell
         virtual void Layout(int w);
         virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
         virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
-        
+
         void InsertCell(wxHtmlCell *cell);
                 // insert cell at the end of m_Cells list
         void SetAlignHor(int al) {m_AlignHor = al;}
@@ -279,15 +284,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlWidgetCell : public wxHtmlCell
 
 
 
-
-#endif // __HTMLCELL_H__
-
 #endif
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
+#endif // _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
 

include/wx/html/htmldefs.h

@@ -2,13 +2,14 @@
 // Name:        htmldefs.h
 // Purpose:     constants for wxhtml library
 // Author:      Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
 // Licence:     wxWindows Licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 
-#ifndef __HTMLDEFS_H__
-#define __HTMLDEFS_H__
+#ifndef _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
+#define _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
 
@@ -95,4 +96,4 @@
     /* steps of array reallocation */
 
 #endif
-#endif
+#endif

include/wx/html/htmlfilt.h

@@ -1,17 +1,18 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlfilter.h
+// Name:        htmlfilt.h
 // Purpose:     filters
 // Author:      Vaclav Slavik
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
 // Licence:     wxWindows Licence
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 
-#ifndef __HTMLFILTER_H__
-#define __HTMLFILTER_H__
+#ifndef _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
+#define _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
 
 #ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "htmlfilter.h"
+#pragma interface 
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
@@ -65,7 +66,6 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxHtmlFilterPlainText : public wxHtmlFilter
 
 
 
+#endif
+#endif // _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
 
-#endif // __HTMLFILTER_H__
-
-#endif